Home

2008 Pontiac G8 Owner Manual M

1. Cleans shines and ne Tire Shine Low protects tires No wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and Wash Wax Concentrate lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Spot Lifter Technical Data Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN eee Service Parts Identification Label Capacities and Specifications Capacities and Specifications Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side It can be seen through the windshield from outside the vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration SAMPLE4UX1M072675 BAIN Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps identify the vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts See Engine Specifications under Capacities and Specifications on page 10 2 for your vehicle s engine code Technical Data 10 1 Service Parts Identification Label This label is on the inside of the glove box It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts Th
2. c Example 2 A Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1 000 Ibs 453 kg B Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 750 Ibs 340 kg C Available Cargo Weight 250 Ibs 113 kg Example 3 A Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg B Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x 5 1 000 Ibs 453 kg C Available Cargo Weight 0 Ibs 0 kg Refer to the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about the vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed the vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label GAWR FRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U S FEDERAL MOTORI SAFETY BUMPER AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN BUMPER EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE 2 1 MECA Label Example A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the driver side center pillar The label tells you the gross weight capacity of the vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes Driving and Operating 8 31 the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for the vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier
3. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts See Safety Belt Reminders on page 4 12 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law requires wearing safety belts Here is why You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a serious one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without safety belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels f ST Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield or the instrument panel Seats and Restraints 1 7 or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense 1 8 Seats and Restraints Questions and Answers About Safety B
4. 0 4 18 4 18 4 21 4 21 4 21 Instruments and Controls 4 2 Instrument Panel Overview j Cas 7 The main components of the instrument panel are the following A Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 4 4 B Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 6 23 and DIC Operation and Displays on page 4 23 C Instrument Panel Cluster on page 4 11 D Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 6 23 E Windshield Wipers on page 4 8 F Hazard Warning Flashers on page 4 4 G Voltmeter Oil Gage Voltmeter Gage on page 4 15 H Outlet Adjustment on page 7 8 Zeranc Instruments and Controls Exterior Lamps Controls on page 5 1 Instrument Panel Brightness on page 5 3 Fog Lamps on page 5 3 If Equipped Hood Release on page 9 5 Tilt Wheel on page 4 4 Horn on page 4 4 Ignition Positions on page 8 2 Climate Control System on page 7 1 Automatic Climate Control System on page 7 4 If Equipped Shift Lever Automatic Transmission Operation on page 8 6 oD lt 4 3 P Power Door Locks on page 2 9 Q Outside Power Mirror s on page 2 17 Power Windows on page 2 15 Traction Control System TCS Disable Button Electronic Stability Program on page 8 16 Heated Seats on page 1 5 If Equipped Accessory Power Ouitlet s on page 4 9 Audio System s on page 6 1 Glove Box on page 3 1 4 4 Instruments and Controls Hazard Warning Fla
5. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 9 24 Power Steering Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 9 21 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 9 11 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 9 22 Radiator Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 9 17 Vehicle Service and Care 9 7 B Cc D E A Engine Compartment Fuse A F 3 Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 9 35 B Coolant Reservoir and Dipstick See Cooling System on page 9 17 C Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 9 8 D Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Oil under Engine Oil on page 9 8 E Power Steering Reservoir See Power Steering Fluid on page 9 21 F Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 9 24 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 9 11 H Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 9 22 Radiator Pressure Cap See Cooling System on page 9 17 V8 Engine G 9 8 Vehicle Service and Care Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartme
6. same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this Traction in a curve depends on the condition of the tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Driving and Operating 8 19 Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce speed when approaching a curve do it before you enter the curve while the front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust the speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 9 3 8 20 Steering in Emergen
7. Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Connect one end of the red positive cable to the jump start positive post A 6 Connect the other end of the red positive cable to the positive terminal of the good battery B 7 Connect one end of the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery C 8 Connect the other end of the black negative cable to the negative post D 9 Start the engine in the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes 10 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice lf the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the Vehicle Service and Care jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal B
8. Do not heavily saturate the upholstery while cleaning Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture Vehicle Service and Care 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a co
9. If the dealer retailer requests you to bring the vehicle for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper to Bumper Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada and extended powertrain warranty in both the U S and Canada Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Customer Information Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation Dealers may provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within rea
10. If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces Vehicle Service and Care If you need to replace any of the wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for the vehicle Z CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement 9 61 Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire V6 Engine on page 9 71 for more information Used Replacement Wheels Z CAUTION
11. Z CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician See Buying New Tires on page 9 56 and Accessories and Modifications on page 9 3 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades Vehicle Service and Care are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades
12. wiring harness connector 8 Pull the old bulb straight out of the bulb socket 9 Push the new bulb straight into the bulb socket until it clicks 10 Reconnect the wiring harness to the bulb socket 11 Push the bulb socket into the lamp assembly and turn it clockwise to lock it into place 12 Turn the dust cap clockwise to lock it into place 13 For the driver side reinstall the air cleaner filter cover 14 For the passenger side reinstall the coolant bottle filler neck 15 Reinstall the radiator support screws Taillamps A Turn Signal Lamp B Stoplamp Taillamp C Back up Lamp Vehicle Service and Care 9 31 To replace one of these bulbs For any lamp not listed here see your dealer retailer to replace 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 2 Raise the spare tire cover See Removing the Spare Tire and Tools on page 9 72 for more information 3 Turn the four convenience net hooks securing the plastic trunk trim counterclockwise 4 Pull the trunk trim straight up to remove Turn the trunk lining securing pins counterclockwise and pull down at the same time to remove Lower the spare tire cover Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the rear lamp housing Lightly press the bulb and turn it counterclockwise to remove it from the bulb holder 9 32 9 Push the new bulb into the socket and turn it clockwise to lock it
13. 1 34 Seats and Restraints Z CAUTION Never do this Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury The child might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle Z CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Children who are not restrained properly
14. 9 15 Engine Overheating 9 16 Cooling System eee 9 17 Power Steering Fluid 9 21 Windshield Washer Fluid 9 22 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 005 9 23 Brakes cecceceeceeeeeeeeeees 9 24 Battery ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 9 26 Headlamp Aiming Headlamp Aiming 9 27 Bulb Replacement Bulb Replacement 9 29 Halogen Bulbs 9 29 Headlamps and Parking LAMPS eeina 29 Taillamps iseinean 9 31 Replacement Bulbs 9 32 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment cinesi ain 9 32 Headlamp Wiring 9 33 Windshield Wiper Fuses 9 33 Power Windows and Other Power Options Instrument Panel Fuse BOCK aeeie eraan Engine Compartment Fuse Block Rear Compartment Fuse Block Tires Tires Tire Sidewall Labeling Tire Terminology and Definitions Inflation Tire Pressure High Speed Operation Tire Pressure Monitor System Tire Pressure Monitor Operation Tire Inspection and Rotation When It Is Time for New Tires Buying New Tires Different Size Tires and Wheels ccccceeeecee eee e ee Towing Towing Your Vehicle 9 84 Shift Lock Manual Release eee 9 84 Recreational Vehicle TOWING eierci misinis 9 85 Towing a Trailer 9 85 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning 9 91 Exterior Cleaning 9 94 Sheet Metal Damage
15. Putting a used wheel on the vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel 9 62 Tire Chains Vehicle Service and Care Z CAUTION CAUTION Continued Do not use tire chains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Continued Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on the vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to the vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting the vehicle and do not spin the vehicle s wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Tire Changing If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your tires properly See Tires on page 9 39 lf air goes out of a tire It is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and wha
16. Rear Compartment Fuse Block The rear compartment fuse block is located on the left side of the trunk behind a cover Vehicle Service and Care Use the fuse puller to remove and replace fuses Amplifier XM Radio Instrument Display Remote Function Actuator Data Link Connection Fuses Usage Control Sensor Fuel Pump Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your vehicle Warranty booklet for details Vehicle Service and Care 9 39 Z CAUTION CAUTION Continued Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Continued Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire
17. Some of the conditions that can cause the malfunction light and DIC message to come on are e One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor The TPMS malfunction light and DIC message should go off once the road tire containing the TPMS sensor is re installed e The TPMS sensor matching process was started but not completed or not completed successfully after installing replacement tires or rotating the vehicle s tires The DIC message and TPMS malfunction light should go off once the TPMS sensor matching process is performed successfully e One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged The DIC message and the TPMS malfunction light should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully See the dealer retailer for service e Replacement tires or wheels do not match the vehicle s original equipment tires or wheels Tires and wheels other than those recommended for the vehicle could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly See Buying New Tires on page 9 56 e Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition See the dealer retailer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message comes on and stays on TP
18. X Air Conditioning Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off The lt appears in the display when the air conditioning is on When the air conditioning is turned off OFF appears in the display The air conditioning cannot be turned off in defrost mode If lt is pressed the indicator light flashes three times and the air conditioning stays on For quick cool down on hot days open the windows to let the hot air to escape After a few minutes close the windows so the system will work more effectively The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water might drip under the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal The air conditioning might automatically turn off during heavy acceleration or towing with your vehicle but the will still display Recirculation lt gt Recirculation Press to change the air intake between recirculated air and outside air An indicator light comes when the recirculation is activated The recirculation mode recycles interior air and is not recommended for extended use If it is used for a long period of time the system automatically lets some fresh air into the vehicle for ventilation Do not use the recirculation mode if occupants are smoking The recirculation mode cannot be turned on in defrost mode If lt 0 is pressed the indicator light flashes three times and recirculation stays of
19. s maximum load carrying capacity For more information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry see Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort When driving with less than the maximum load capacity allowed for your vehicle you can set tire inflation pressure to the recommended amounts shown in the following chart Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry P245 45R18 96V 245 45R18 96V 245 40R19 94W 36 psi 250 kPa T155 80R17 111M Compact Spare 60 psi When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget the compact spare tire if your vehicle has one It should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For more information about the vehicle s compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 9 79 Front Tires 33 psi 230 kPa Vehicle Service and Care 9 47 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Occupant and Cargo Weight 573 Ibs 260 kg or Less How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You can t tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km 36 psi 250 kPa 39 psi 270 kPa 36 psi 250 kPa
20. s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage The rubber in tires degrades over time even if they are not being used This is also true for the spare tire if the vehicle has one Multiple conditions affect how fast this aging takes place including temperatures loading conditions and inflation pressure maintenance With proper care and maintenance tires typically wear out before they degrade due to age If you are unsure about the need to replace the tires as they get older consult the tire manufacturer for more information Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system p
21. they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards 9 59 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate 9 60 Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Vehicle Service and Care Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested u
22. 6 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt Seats and Restraints 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure If the airbag is off the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the
23. Battery Run Down Protection 0 5 4 Lighting Exterior Lamps Controls The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel It controls the following systems e Headlamps e Taillamps e Parking Lamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights e Sidemarker Lamps e Fog Lamps The exterior lamps control has four positions O Off Turns the headlamps parking lamps and DRL off The DRL does not turn off on vehicles first sold in Canada AUTO Automatic Turns the headlamps on and off automatically They come on at normal brightness together with the following e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights e Sidemarker Lamps 5 2 Lighting 200 Parking Lamps Turns on the parking lamps together with the following e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights e Sidemarker Lamps ZD Headlamps Turns on the headlamps together with the following e Parking Lamps e Taillamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights e Sidemarker Lamps A warning chime sounds if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is off and the headlamps are on Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first s
24. CD R or CD RW disc e Record playlists with an m3u or wpl extension e Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on the same disc e Record the entire disc at once e Finalize the disc when recording an MP3 disc with multiple sessions Root Directory The root directory is treated as a folder All mp3 files in the root directory are accessed before folders in the root directory Empty Directory or Folder Empty folders and directories will not show on the display The system will ignore empty directories and folders and advance to the next directory or folder that has mp3 files in it No Folder On a CD that contains only mp3 files in the root directory the next and previous folder functions do not work On a CD that contains playlists and mp3 files the next and previous folder functions search playlists first and then search mp3 files in the root folder Order of Play Tracks are played in the following order for CDs that have playlists 1 The first track in the first playlist and then continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist 2 When the last track of the last playlist has played play restarts from the first track of the first playlist Tracks are played in the following order for CDs that do not have playlists 1 Play starts with the first file in the root directory 2 After all files from the root directory have played files in the folders will play 3
25. Filter Engine Air Cleaner 9 11 Finish Damage 565 9 98 Fixed Mast Antenna 6 24 Flashers Hazard Warning 4 4 Flat Tire sennior rana einna 9 62 Flat Tire Changing 9 71 Flat Tire Storing 5 9 78 Fluid Automatic Transmission 9 13 Power Steering 00 9 21 Windshield Washer 9 22 i 4 INDEX Fog Lamp FOG aanne 5 3 Fog Lamp Light 4 21 Front Seats a an 1 2 FUGl jicves E T 8 32 Additives a so 8 34 California Fuel 8 33 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 2 0 06 8 36 Filling the Tank 8 35 Fuels in Foreign Countries a s ni 8 34 Gage erine an aeia 4 22 Gasoline Octane 8 33 Gasoline Specifications 8 33 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse BIOCK shese cene 9 35 Instrument Panel Fuse BIOCK cinne arrosaire 9 33 Rear Compartment Fuse BIOCK ecenin 9 38 Windshield Wiper 9 33 G Gage Engine Coolant Temperature UCI EEE E R E Oil Pressure 06085 Speedometer Tachometer 06000 Voltmeter Gage Gasoline Octane 6 os ceced sesetsiedecaeteeee Specifications Glove Box GM Mobility Reimbursement PLOQlaM 2icscesssepeaigcaapacencss Hazard Warning Flashers Head Restraints Headlamp Aiming Headlamp System Automatic ceceee cence Headlamp W
26. From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Couniries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 Customer Information 12 5 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EN MOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 12 6 Customer Information General Motors of Canada also has
27. GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M e SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty 9 10 If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Cha
28. Indicator 008 Door Alar sitscaticindaunsacacnes Fog LAMP ecciesie Highbeam On naassen Malfunction Indicator Passenger Airbag Status Indicator sccaneniarcnsnas Safety Belt Reminders Security iesiri iaren Tire Pressure Lighting Perimeter Lights Exterior Lamps 55 High Low Beam Changer Loading Your Vehicle INDEX i 5 Locks DOOR eisir araen 2 8 Power Door e0eeeeees 2 9 Rear Door Security Locks 2 9 Loss of Control 088 8 21 Lumbar Seat Adjustment 1 2 M Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services cccceee cece es 11 6 At Each Fuel Fill 11 9 At Least Once a Month 11 9 At Least Once a Year 11 10 Introduction ceeeeee 11 1 Maintenance Footnotes 11 7 Maintenance Record 11 15 Maintenance Requirements 11 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 11 13 Owner Checks and Services cccceee cece ee 11 9 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 065 11 12 i 6 INDEX Maintenance Schedule cont Scheduled Maintenance 11 4 USING dreina 11 2 Your Vehicle and the Environment 11 2 Malfunction Indicator Light 4 18 Manual Shift Lock Release 9 84 Manual Seats cceceeee 1 2 Manual Using 0 00e ii Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0 4 27 Mir
29. Mode to switch between Normal Mode Track Info Mode CD Info Mode and Disc and Track Info Mode if the CD has this information on it e Normal Mode displays the track number and elapsed time e Track Info Mode displays the track number elapsed time and track name The track name is only displayed when the appropriate data is stored on the CD e Disc Info Mode displays the track number elapsed time and name of CD The CD name is only displayed when the appropriate data is stored on the CD e Disc and Track Info Mode displays the track name and name of CD Track name and CD name is only displayed when the appropriate data is stored on the CD Infotainment 6 11 BAND Press to stop CD playback and play the radio kd Reverse Press to go back to the start of the current track or press multiple times until the desired track is reached M4 TRACK Reverse Press to go back to the start of the current track or press multiple times until the desired track is reached Press and hold 4 TRACK to quickly move backward within the current track bbl Forward Press to go to the next track of the current CD or press multiple times until the desired track is reached gt gt TRACK Forward Press to go to the next track of the current CD or press multiple times until the desired track is reached Press and hold P TRACK to quickly move forward within the current track 6 12 Infotainment CD Press to
30. O Check Engine If this message and the Malfunction Indicator Lamp come on and stay on when driving the system may require servicing Although the vehicle may still be drivable and not require towing take the vehicle to your dealer retailer as soon as possible If this message comes on when the Malfunction Indicator Lamp is flashing reduce the vehicle s speed and load until the lamp stops flashing then take the vehicle to your dealer retailer as soon as possible See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 18 for more information YZ check Oil This message is displayed if the oil pressure or oil level is low Stop when safe turn off the engine and check the engine oil level See Engine Oil on page 9 8 Do not run the engine when this warning is illuminated If the oil level is normal have the system checked at your dealer retailer You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but 7i Check Oil will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced X Contact Dealer This message is displayed when there is a fault in the instrument panel see your dealer retailer You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but X Service will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced Instruments and Controls Cruise On Cruise Off Cruise Active and Cruise Inactive These me
31. Services in the Maintenance Schedule Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants in the Maintenance Schedule Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir Z CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake hydraulic system the brakes might not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid Notice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake hydraulic system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Exterior Cleaning on page 9 94 Vehicle Service and Care Brake Wear Your vehicle has disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly Z CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon th
32. Unwrap the sealant air hose from the compressor Vehicle Service and Care 4 Turn the sealant canister so the inflator filling hose is aligned with the slot in the compressor 5 Lift the sealant canister from the compressor and replace with a new sealant canister Dispose of the sealant canister at a local dealer retailer or in accordance with local state codes and practices Replace it with a new canister available form your dealer retailer To install a new sealant canister 1 Align the sealant air hose with the slot in the air compressor 2 Push the sealant canister down and turn it clockwise 3 Wrap the sealant air hose around the air compressor channel to stow it in its original location 4 Push the air compressor inflator hose onto the sealant canister inlet and push the lever down Changing a Flat Tire V6 Engine If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on the hazard warning flashers Vehicle Service and Care CAUTION Continued Z CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put the shift lever in PARK P Continued 3 Turn off the engine and do not
33. Z CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged 8 6 Driving and Operating The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors Ask a dealer retailer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this Automatic Transmission Operation The shift lever is located on the center console between the front seats There are several different positions for the shift lever When the position of the shift lever is changed a message is shown in the Driver Information Center DIC The selected gear is magnified in the DIC and changes according to the shift levers movement There are also messages for Sport Shift Mode Normal Shift Mode and Driver Shift Control P Park This position locks the rear wheels It is the best position to use when the engine is started because the vehicle cannot move easily Z CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the s
34. braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life Driving and Operating If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal could get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 9 3 8 15 Antilock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has the Antilock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start the engine and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You might hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you might even notice that the brake pedal moves a little This is normal E If there is a problem with ABS this warning light will stay on See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 4 17 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you 8 16 You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer
35. e Digital speedo speedometer e Pressure Units e Rest reminder Underspeed Chime If you select Underspeed Chime you will be able to enable or disable the underspeed chime feature See DIC Operation and Displays on page 4 23 for more information Distance to go If you select Distance to go you will be able to choose if you want the distance to go display to to be shown on the DIC See DIC Operation and Displays on page 4 23 for more information Distance to go Default If you select Distance to go Default you will be able to change the distance to go default setting The default setting is 500 km Set the value you want it to be Instruments and Controls Digital speedometer If you select Digital speedometer you will be able to choose if you want the digital speedometer to be shown on the DIC display Pressure Units If you select Pressure Units you can choose how the tire pressures will be displayed If you select PSI then all tire pressures will be displayed in PSI If you select kPa then all tire pressures will be displayed in kPa If you select Automatic and the Unit selection is English then all tire pressures will be displayed in PSI If you select Automatic and the Unit selection is Metric then all tire pressures will be displayed in kPa Rest reminder If you select Rest reminder you will be able to enable or disable the rest reminder feature See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 f
36. entering the TPMS learn mode or if communication with the receiver stops or if the time limit has expired turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF and start over beginning with Step 2 10 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 11 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems Tire Inspection and Rotation We recommend that you regularly inspect the vehicle s tires including the spare tire for signs of wear or damage See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 9 56 for more information Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 4 The purpose of a regular tire rotation is to achieve a uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle This will ensure that your vehicle continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new Any time you notice unusual wear rotate the tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 9 56 and Wheel Replacement on page 9 61 eS E es amp When rotating the vehicle s tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here Vehicle Service and Care The compact spare tire if the vehicle has one is not included in the tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Ti
37. location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle e Description of the problem Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provincial or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions
38. radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Welcome highlights 3 Press the MENU knob to access the Welcome menu 4 Turn the MENU knob to change the setting to On or Off 5 Press the MENU knob to save the setting 6 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Display Settings The display brightness and illumination can only be adjusted while the radio is on The brightness adjustment range is from 5 to 5 and the illumination adjustment range is from STD standard to 5 To change the brightness and illumination settings on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press the volume knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the volume knob until DISP SETUP display setup highlights 3 Press the volume enter the DISP SETUP menu 4 Turn the volume knob until either ILLN MODE illumination mode or BRIGHTNESS highlights 5 Press the volume knob to enter either setting 6 Turn the volume knob to change the setting 7 Press the volume knob to save and exit the setting 8 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu To change the brightness and illumination settings on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Display highlights 3 Press the MENU knob to access the Display setup menu and the option fo
39. unhooked 3 2 Storage To create a pouch attach the four corner loops A to each of the two top hooks Attach the nets center loops B to the bottom hooks Instruments and Controls Instrument Panel Overview Instrument Panel OVEIVICW eccceceeeeeeee ences Hazard Warning Flashers Horn Tilt Wheel Turn Signal Multifunction Lever Cruise Control Turn and Lane Change Signals Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Windshield Wipers Windshield Washer Accessory Power Outlet s Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Warning Lights Gages and Indicators Instrument Panel Cluster 4 Speedometer Tachometer Safety Belt Reminders Airbag Readiness Light Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Voltmeter Gage Charging System Light Brake System Warning LI QIN indies baseieacelieincoassnaneas Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Tire Pressure Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp Security Light Fog Lamp Light Highbeam On Light Instruments and Controls Daytime Running Lamps DRL Indicator Light Door Ajar Light 4 19 Oil Pressure Gage 4 11 Fuel Gage ceee 112 Driver Information 4 12 Center DIC 4 13 Driver Information Center DIC ceses 4 14 DIC Operation and 4 15 Displays et traee teense eeeeeees 4 15 DIC Warnings and Messages sses 4 16 DIC Vehicle Customization 0 et OnStar System 4 17 OnStar System
40. will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle During the first 600 miles 1 000 km avoid using more than moderate acceleration in lower gears and avoid vehicle speeds above 68 mph 110 km h Driving and Operating e Between the first 600 miles 1 000 km and 3 000 miles 5 000 km heavy acceleration in lower gears can be used Vehicle speeds above 68 mph 110 km h should be limited to five minutes per use e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 9 85 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased Ignition Positions The ignition switch has four different positions Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is in all the way If none of this works then your vehicle needs s
41. your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 18 Driving and Operating Filling a Portable Fuel Container CAUTION Continued Z CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense fuel only into approved containers e Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Continued e Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete e Do not smoke while pumping fuel e Do not use a cellular phone while pumping fuel Vehicle Service and Care Service Service Accessories and Modifications California Proposition 65 Warnin California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Doing Your Own Service Work Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Owner Checks Owner Checks Hood Release 0655 Engine Compartment OVEIVIEW 0cccecee neces Engine Oil Engine Oil Life System Engine Air Cleaner Filter Vehicle Service and Care Automatic Transmission PUIG EEE E 9 13 Engine Coolant Radiator Pressure Cap
42. 23 DIC Warnings and Messages 4 27 Driving At Night scce 8 22 Before a Long Trip 8 24 Defensive aneneen 8 13 DRUNKEN zerri anesore 8 13 Highway Hypnosis 8 24 Hill and Mountain Roads Driving cont In Rain and on Wet Roads 006 8 23 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 0 8 28 WINIET wc ccceceseaecece car etecenee 8 25 E EDR irmoaren on e onna 12 16 Electrical System Add On Equipment 9 32 Engine Compartment Fuse BIOCK weccneckseteeeccstigentiene 9 35 Headlamp Wiring 9 33 Instrument Panel Fuse BIOCK ciaisensis 9 33 Power Windows and Other Power Options 9 33 Rear Compartment Fuse Block 2 5 9 38 Windshield Wiper Fuses 9 33 Electronic Stability Program 8 16 Engine Air Cleaner Filter 9 11 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 0 8 4 18 Coolant c2 cccea iscsi 9 13 Coolant Heater 8 5 INDEX i 3 Engine cont Coolant Temperature Gage 4 17 Drive Belt Routing 11 14 Engine Compartment OVEIVIEW 20 eee ec ee ee eee ees 9 6 Exa Steieren ennor 8 12 Oil ooo eee ccc ee eee ee ee ee ee eeees 9 8 Oil Life System 0 9 10 Overheating eeee 9 16 Starting cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 4 Event Data Recorders 12 16 Extender Safety Belt 1 17 Exterior Lamps 0ee 5 1 F
43. 3 Seat eoa nE 1 2 Steering Fluid 9 21 WINdOWS 0 0 0eeeeee eee 2 15 PIIVACY anit Gaativeseseuueeeahet 12 16 Event Data Recorders 12 16 Navigation System 12 17 OnStar ccceeeeeee eee 12 17 Radio Frequency Identification 12 17 R Radiator Pressure Cap Radio Frequency Identification RFID Privacy 12 17 Radio S enmia i 6 3 Radios Reception sserensirirreneie iiss 6 24 Setting the Clock 6 2 Theft Deterrent 6 23 Reading Lamps 005 5 4 Rear Door Security Locks 2 9 Rear Heated Seats 0 1 5 Rear Seat Operation 1 5 Rearview Mirrors 2 16 Reclining Seatbacks 1 3 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 05 11 12 Recreational Vehicle Towing 9 85 Remote Keyless Entry RKE SYStOM seesi anian eige 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation 2 4 Remote Vehicle Start 2 6 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 9 73 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Replacement Bulbs Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government General Motors United States Government Restraint System Check Replacing Airbag System Parts After a Crash Replacing Safety Belt System Parts After a Crash Retained Accessory Power RAP
44. 39 psi 270 kPa 420 kPa 60 psi 420 kPa 60 psi 420 kPa 60 psi 420 kPa Occupant and Cargo Weight Up to 917 Ibs 416 kg Vehicle Capacity Weight Rear Tires 9 psi 270 kPa Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount 9 48 Vehicle Service and Care If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture High Speed Operation Z CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation press
45. After playing the last file from the last folder play restarts with the first file in the root directory File System and Naming The radio shows track names that are shorter than 39 characters names that are longer will be shortened The radio will show the track name as e The song name that is in the ID3 tag e The file name without the file extension if the song name is not in the ID3 tag Preprogrammed Playlists Playlists are accessed before files or folders in the root directory Preprogrammed playlists created by WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed and are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 The MP3 player cannot play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring To play an MP3 CD 1 Press CD if an MP3 disc is already in the player 2 Refer to Radio s on page 6 3 for information on how to load discs if the CD player is empty MP3 CD Display To change the MP3 CD display press the softkey under the label Display Mode until the desired display is shown The MP3 CD display modes are e Normal mode with folder number track number and elapsed time e Folder and song info mode with folder number track number folder name and song name Folder name and song name can only be displayed when the appropriate data is stored on the CD MP3 ID tag e Artist and song info mode with folder number tr
46. CD If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If an error is displayed occurs repeatedly or cannot be corrected write down the error and contact the dealer retailer Infotainment 6 13 Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Only connect portable audio players to the auxiliary input jack located on the right side of the faceplate Set up portable audio players while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 8 13 for more information on driver distraction Connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable between the radio s front auxiliary input jack and a portable audio player The radio automatically detects the device and AUX INPUT DEVICE displays The portable audio player plays audio over the vehicle speakers If a portable audio player has already been connected the portable audio player does not begin playing audio until the AUX button is pressed 6 14 Infotainment The rear auxiliary input connector is located on the back of the radio See your dealer retailer for more information about this feature To disable the rear auxiliary input on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press the volume knob to enter the Option Menu AUDIO is highlighted 2 Turn the volume knob until REAR AUX highlights 3 Press the volume knob to enter the REAR AUX setting 4 Turn the volume knob to turn the rear auxiliary input ON or OFF 5 Press the volume knob to save and
47. Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal 9 83 To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the caps over the positive and negative terminals to their original positions 9 84 Vehicle Service and Care Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer retailer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12 6 Shift Lock Manual Release The transmission has an electric park lock called a shift lock manual release The key must be in the ON RUN position and the brake pedal pressed so the transmission gear selector can be moved from the P Park position If the battery has lost power the selector cannot be moved to neutral for towing unless the shift lock manual release is disengaged manually To access the shift lock manual release 1 Apply the park brake 2 Remove the console trim panel A from the console 2 1 Gently lift the back corners of the trim panel directly i
48. Here are some rules to follow e The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper Vehicle Service and Care e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you do not seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 8 12 Dirt and water can also enter the vehicle Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does your trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you will be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Because you have anti lock brakes do not tap into your vehicle s brake system If you
49. If there is more than one all will appear Each message will appear for about one second and return to the Alarm Activated message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for additional information Keys Doors and Windows Windows Z CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Power Windows A Power Window Switches B Rear Window Lockout Switch Keys Doors and Windows The power window switches A for all doors are located on the center console The switches work when the ignition is in ON RUN ACC ACCESSORY or in Retained Accessory Power RAP See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 8 3 Press down or pull up on the switch to open or close a window Express Down Window The driver and front passenger window switches have an express down feature to allow the window to be lowered without holding the switch Press the switch down all the way release it and the window goes down automatically Stop the window while it is lowering by pressing or pulling the switch 2 15 Rear Window Lockout Press the lockout button s B to prevent rear seat passengers from operating the wi
50. Owner Checks and Services cececeeeeeeeeees At Each Fuel Fill At Least Once a Month Service and Maintenance At Least Once a Year 11 10 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 11 12 Maintenance Replacement Parts 11 13 Engine Drive Belt ROUTING eeri aiina 11 14 Maintenance Record 11 15 11 1 Service and Maintenance Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer retailer for details 11 2 Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and t
51. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 9 62 Inspect the damaged tire The sealant cannot seal sidewall damage large punctures or a tire that has unseated from the wheel See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12 6 Do not remove any objects that have penetrated the tire 1 Place the tire sealant and compressor kit on the ground and unwrap the sealant air hose E from the side of the compressor 2 Remove the air compressor accessory plug B from the unit Do not plug the plug in yet 3 Turn the tire valve stem cap counterclockwise to remove 4 Attach the sealant air hose E onto the tire valve stem Turn it clockwise until tight 5 Make sure the sealant and compressor kit on off switch A is in the O off position Plug the air compressor accessory plug B into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 4 9 for more information Do not slam door or close window on the compressor accessory plug cord Z CAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 8 12 6 Start the vehicle The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor 9 66 Vehicle Service and Care Z CAUTION Overinflation could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire t
52. When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle speed down When the brakes are applied the cruise control is turned off Ending Cruise Control e Step lightly on the brake pedal When the cruise control is deactivated the CRUISE INACTIVE message appears in the instrument panel cluster e Press the button at the end of the lever two times Instruments and Controls Erasing Speed Memory The cruise control set speed memory is erased when the cruise control or the ignition is turned off Turn and Lane Change Signals An arrow on the instrument panel cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down To signal a lane change slightly raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash and release the lever The turn signal flashes automatically three times The lever returns to its starting position when it is released To cancel the lane change move the lever back to the starting position 4 7 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer The headlamps must be on for this feature to work Push the turn signal lever away from you to turn the high beams on The fog lamps turn off automatically when high beam is selected This instrument panel cluster light D comes on while the high beam headlamps are on Pull the lever towards you to return to low beams To flash the high beams pul
53. Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow etc the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Vehicle Service and Care Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers in the fuse block protect the power windows and other power accessories When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away 9 33 Instrument Panel Fuse Block The instrument panel fuse block is located on the end of the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle To access the fuses open the fuse panel door by pulling out To reinstall the door push the door back into its original location 9 34 Vehicle Service and Care Airbag Trunk Release Door Locks Inadvertent Power LED Fuses O F F F3 Courtesy Turn Signal Lamps Front Passenger Turn Signal O 7 Rear and Side Passenger Side F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F12 Turn Signal Spare Driver Side Turn f f f f Signal 0000 Body Control Module Stoplamps Interior Lamps Discrete Logic Instrument Panel Fuse Block Fuse Puller Shown Ignition Sensor Theft Deterrent System Rear Cigarette Auxiliary Power Outside Rearview Sunroof Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Automatic Occup
54. You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 24 When Should an Airbag lnflate scasintcasadccsdaddaeas 1 22 Where Are the Airbags 1 21 1 26 Antenna Fixed Mast 6 24 Antilock Brake System ABS aaaeeeaa 8 15 Anti lock Brake System Warning Light 4 17 Appearance Care Chemical Paint Spotting 9 98 Exterior Cleaning 9 94 Finish Damage 9 98 Interior Cleaning 9 91 Sheet Metal Damage 9 98 Underbody Maintenance Vehicle Care Appearance Materials circenis 9 99 INDEX _ i 1 Appointments Scheduling SONICS arpoia ires einai rore 12 8 Audio System eeeeeeeee 6 1 Audio Steering Wheel COnttOlS wiceesatesisaeseeckeaes 6 23 Fixed Mast Antenna 6 24 Radio Reception 6 24 Setting the Clock 6 2 Theft Deterrent Feature 6 23 Audio System s 0 eeeee 6 3 Automatic Climate Control Syste ocsosedecneesaewedenccetans 7 4 Automatic Headlamp System 5 2 Automatic Transmission FIWIGL EE E ET 9 13 Operation seisce 8 6 B Battery gion eena i 9 26 Run Down Protection 5 4 Brak S wscsccklavadtec sas cactesios cons 9 24 System Warning Light 4 16 Braking erensia r 8 14 Break In New Vehicle 8 2 i 2 INDEX Bulb Replacement 9 29 Halogen Bulbs 9 29 Headlamp Aiming 9 27 Headlamp
55. a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 Roadside Assistance Program For vehicles purchased in the U S call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Text telephone TTY 1 888 889 2438 For vehicles purchased in Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside Assistance program Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage Services Provided The following services are provided in the U S and Canada up to 5 years 100 000 miles 160 000 km whichever occurs first and in Canada only up to a maximum coverage of 100 e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in Canada In Canada service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service Lock out Service Lock out service is covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription To ensure security the driver must present personal identification before lock out service i
56. a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 12 15 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Airbag System Check on page 1 31 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 11 15 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This can cause wind noise and can affect fuel economy and windshield washer performance Check with your dealer retailer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Owner Checks Z CAUTION An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any
57. and a chime will sound to warn that the vehicle s speed is equal or has exceeded the preselected value During an OverSpeed warning the OverSpeed display is shown allowing the driver to make adjustments To set the OverSpeed warning press ZN when OverSpeed is displayed to highlight the OverSpeed mode Move the thumbwheel up A or down F to scroll through and highlight one of the following options Off No OverSpeed warning set Manual Allows you to manually set the OverSpeed warning See Manual OverSpeed following Preset 1 Default setting 30 MPH 48 km h 4 26 Preset 2 Default setting 45 MPH 72 km h Preset 3 Default setting 55 MPH 89 km h Preset 4 Default setting 70 MPH 113 km h The selection is set automatically after a few seconds The corresponding value of the presets will be shown on the display The preset OverSpeed warnings can be reprogrammed See Programming the OverSpeed Presets later in this section Manual OverSpeed To manually set the OverSpeed warning 1 Use the thumbwheel to select Manual for OverSpeed 2 Press to highlight the current value Instruments and Controls 3 Use the thumbwheel to adjust the value in 5 MPH or km h increments and press to confirm the setting To set the OverSpeed warning to the vehicle s current speed 1 Use the thumbwheel to select Manual as described in the OverSpeed section 2 Press to highlight
58. be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Vehicle Service and Care Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery see your dealer retailer for one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label The battery is located in the trunk behind a trim panel on the driver s side Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling Vehicle Storage Z CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 9 80 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt Infrequent Usage If you drive your vehicle infrequently remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep the battery from running down Extended Storage For extended storage of your vehicle remove the black negative cable from the battery or use a battery
59. be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out Driving and Operating Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes 8 27 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand mud ice or snow See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 8 28 Z CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured The vehicle can overheat causing an engine compartment fire or other damage Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 35
60. child restraint a child riding ina forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys Z CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Continued Seats and Restraints CAUTION Continued Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 26 for additional information 1 39 When securi
61. child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A childina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Continued CAUTION Continued Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e Th
62. detailed instructions see Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily Repair a Punctured Tire later in this section Vehicle Service and Care The kit includes On Off Switch Air Compressor Accessory Plug Air Compressor Sealant Canister Sealant Air Hose Air only Hose Pressure Gage onmoow Tire Sealant The sealant can temporarily seal a small puncture up to 6 mm in the tread area of the tire The sealant cannot seal sidewall damage large punctures or a wheel that has unseated from the wheel Read and follow the safe handling instructions on the label adhered to the sealant canister Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date There is only enough sealant to seal one tire After usage the sealant canister and sealant air hose assembly must be replaced Replacement sealant canisters are available from a dealer retailer See Removal and Installation of Sealant Canister later in this section 9 65 Vehicle Service and Care Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire Follow these directions closely for correct sealant usage On Off Switch Air Compressor Accessory Plug Air Compressor Sealant Canister Sealant Air Hose Air only Hose Pressure Gage onmoow gt e Do a safety check before proceeding
63. do not have antilock brakes and there s a problem with your regular brakes as well Have your vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 9 84 The ABS Fault message will remain until ZN Trip Fuel or 4 Enter are pressed but the warning light will remain until the problem is fixed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for more information 4 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Al Saf This gage shows the engine coolant temperature If the gage pointer moves into the red area the engine is too hot It means that the engine has overheated Pull off the road stop the vehicle and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 9 16 4 18 Tire Pressure Light TPMS Light This light comes on briefly when the engine is started and provides information about tire pressures and the Tire Pressure Monitoring System When the Light is Solid This light will also come on when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE DIC message will accompany the light See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for more information Instruments and Controls Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 9 39 for more information When the Light Flashes First and Then is Solid This indicates that there may be a problem with the Tire Pressure Moni
64. drive a vehicle judgment muscular coordination vision and attentiveness 8 14 Police records show that almost 40 percent of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 17 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with about 250 000 people injured For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart Driving and Operating This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking Control of a Vehicle The following three systems help to control your vehicle while driving brakes steering and accelerator At times as when driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide Meaning you can lose control of your vehicle Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can af
65. forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it A The belt is twisted across the body 1 14 Seats and Restraints Lap Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear a lap shoulder belt properly 1 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 2 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly If you ever pull the shoulder portion of a passenger belt out all the way you may engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 1 17 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants To unlat
66. help keep you in position before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat mounted side impact airbags and or roof rail airbags Z CAUTION Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 1 32 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 34 There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 13 for more information Where Are the Airbags The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel Seats and Restraints 1 21 The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side Driver Side shown Passenger Side similar The seat mounted side impact airbags for the driver and right front passen
67. independently for each source FM AM and CD The source must be active to set the tone Bass and Treble can be adjusted between 6 through 6 To adjust the bass and treble on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press the volume knob to enter the Option Menu AUDIO is highlighted 2 Press the volume knob to enter the AUDIO Menu 3 Turn the volume knob until BASS or TREBLE highlights 4 Press the volume knob to enter the BASS or TREBLE settings 5 Turn the volume knob to adjust the BASS or TREBLE setting 6 Press the volume knob to save and exit the setting 7 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu To adjust the bass and treble on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Option Menu Audio is highlighted Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio menu Turn the MENU knob until Bass or Treble highlights Press the MENU knob to enter the Bass or Treble settings Turn the MENU knob to adjust the Bass or Treble setting Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting Select the Back option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu The Bass and Treble cannot be adjusted while the Equalizer is being used Loudness Contour Circuit The Loudness Contour Circuit automatically boosts the bass and treble response at low volume levels The Loudness Contour Circuit cannot be adjusted on the base radio To adjust the Loudness Con
68. inflate very quickly to do their job 1 20 Seats and Restraints Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system Z CAUTION Z CAUTION Z CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them Frontal airbags are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes Seat mounted side impact airbags and roof rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person Airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Do not sit unnecessarily close to the airbag as you would be if you were sitting on the edge of your seat or leaning forward Safety belts
69. information At the start of a trip estimate the distance to arrival for example from maps road signs Move the thumbwheel up or down until the display shows the estimated trip distance When driving the computer constantly updates the time to arrival based on changing driving speeds Use the thumbwheel to adjust the distance any time this display is shown Time to go is shown in hours and minutes and is only shown if the distance to go is more than zero This display can be turned on or off and the default setting can be changed Range Press ZN until Range is displayed This display shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank Fuel range cannot be reset Instruments and Controls Avg Average Speed Avg Average Fuel Press ZN until Avg Speed Avg Fuel is displayed Avg Speed shows the average speed while the engine is running since the last reset Avg Fuel shows average fuel used since the last reset To reset only the Avg Speed or Avg Fuel press and hold while either value is highlighted If is only pressed briefly the Trip Odometer will be reset as well 4 25 OverSpeed OverSpeed allows the driver to set a speed that they do not want to exceed OverSpeed will illuminate in the display
70. information to police and other parties involved in the crash Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the crash This will help guard against post crash legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12 6 for more information If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number drivers license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the crash They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This
71. is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Customer Information Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts 12 13 Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle
72. may also come on in the instrument panel cluster See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 13 See your dealer retailer 4 28 A Alarm Activated This message is displayed when the content theft deterrent system was activated by an attempted break in The messages may also include the location on the vehicle where the break in was attempted See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 13 for more information Alternator This message is displayed if there is a problem with the battery charging system The charging system light may also come on in the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 4 15 Driving while this message is on could drain the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories Have the electrical system checked as soon as possible See your dealer retailer Instruments and Controls Battery Saver Mode On This message is displayed when the battery voltage level is low 9 Brake This message is displayed if there is a problem with the brake system The Brake System Warning light may also come on in the instrument panel cluster See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 16 When this message is on stop the vehicle on the side of the road Do not continue driving until you know that braking is possible or that the cause of the problem has been corrected see your dealer retailer This message also indicates low brake fluid Check the brake fluid level See Brakes on page 9 24
73. messages may appear one after another Some messages may not require immediate action but you can press ZN or 4 to acknowledge that you received the messages and to clear them from the display Some messages cannot be cleared from the DIC display because Instruments and Controls they are more urgent These messages require action before they can be cleared You should take any messages that appear on the display seriously and remember that clearing the messages will only make the messages disappear not correct the problem The following are the possible messages that can be displayed and some information about them 3 ABS Fault This message is displayed if there is a problem with the ABS system The ABS light may also turn on in the instrument panel cluster See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 4 17 When this message is on the brake system will still operate with the antilock operation disabled See your dealer retailer 4 27 t Active Select On This message is displayed when the automatic transmission active select mode is enabled See Active Select Mode under Automatic Transmission Operation on page 8 6 i Airbag Fault This message is displayed if there is a problem with the airbag system or safety belt pretensioner system See Airbag System on page 1 19 and Safety Belt Pretensioners under Lap Shoulder Belt on page 1 14 The Airbag Readiness light
74. mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer For information about using tire chains on the vehicle see Tire Chains on page 9 62 8 28 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels Turn off any stability system See Electronic Stability Program on page 8 16 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible To prevent transmission wear wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that could free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it might need to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 9 84 Driving and Operating Loading the Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on the vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label Z CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehi
75. not lean on the seatback while adjusting it 1 4 Seats and Restraints Head Restraints The front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions The rear seats have head rests in the outboard seating positions They are not adjustable Z CAUTION With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck spinal injury in a crash Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place The vehicle s head restraints are not designed to be removed Heated Seats On vehicles with heated front seats the controls are located on the center console To operate the heated seats the ignition must be on ai Heated Seat Press to turn on the heated seat A light indicates that the feature is working The number of indicator lights shows the level of heat selected one for low two for medium and three for high Press the button
76. of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission so you can pull the shift lever out of P Park Shifting Out of Park To shift out of P Park 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Press the shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of P Park 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 Hold the brake pedal down and press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position Driving and Operating 8 11 If you still cannot move the shift lever from P Park see Shift Lock Manual Release on page 9 84 Parking Over Things That Burn Z CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn 8 12 Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust Z CAUTION CAUTION Continued Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e The exhaust system sounds strange or different e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath e Your vehicle was damaged in a collision Continued e Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris e Repairs were not done correctly e Your vehicle or the exhaust system h
77. or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you are about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Your vehicle has bulb warning lights When you plug a trailer lighting system into your vehicle s lighting system its bulb warning lights may not let you know if one of your lamps goes out So when you have a trailer lighting system plugged in be sure to check your vehicle and trailer lamps from time to time to be sure they are all working Once you disconnect the trailer lamps the bulb warning lights again can tell you if one of your vehicle lamps is out Driving On Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you do not shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down to a lower gear and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating Parking on Hills Z CAUTION You really should not park your vehicle with a trailer attached on a hill If something goes
78. or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away 4 13 The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you start the vehicle If the light does not come on then have it fixed immediately If there is a problem with the airbag system a message may also come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for more information The message will remain until TN or are pressed but the light will remain until the problem is fixed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for more information 4 14 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has a passenger sensing system The rearview mirror has a passenger airbag status indicator United States Canada Instruments and Controls When the vehicle is started the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check If you are using remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag is enabled may inflat
79. proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 9 32 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer retailer Halogen Bulbs Z CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package Vehicle Service and Care 9 29 Headlamps and Parking Lamps To replace one of these bulbs If the front turn signal lamp or parking lamp needs to be changed see your dealer retailer A Front Turn Signal Lamp Parking Lamp B Low Beam Headlamp C High Beam Headlamp 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 9 5 2 Remove the radiator support by turning the head screws counterclockwise and then pulling them straight out 3 For the passenger side pull up on the coolant bottle filler neck to remove it and place it to one side Let the filler neck drain before pulling it all the way out Place a clean towel over the opening of the coolant bottle after removing it 9 30 Vehicle Service and Care 4 For the driver side remove the 5 Turn the dust cap 7 Turn the bulb socket clip from the air cleaner filter counterclockwise to remove counterclockwise and pull it cover Move the cover to 6 Press the two prongs together on out to remove from the lamp the back out of the way ihe conhe tor to remove ihe assembly
80. provides better visibility in foggy or misty conditions The fog lamp switch is located on the exterior lamps control on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column 0 Fog Lamps To turn on the fog lamps turn the exterior lamps control to parking lamps or headlamps and pull the fog lamps control Push the control to turn the fog lamps off The fog lamp indicator in the instrument panel comes on when the fog lamps are in use The fog lamps control can be pulled out while the exterior lamps control is in the AUTO position If left in this position the fog lamps come on automatically whenever the parking lamps or low beam headlamps turn on When the high beam headlamps are turned on the fog lamps turn off automatically When the high beam headlamps are turned off the fog lamps come on again Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps Lighting 5 3 Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights Press to brighten the instrument panel lights Press to dim the instrument panel lights Press both instrument panel brightness buttons at the same time to turn the night panel mode on or off Night panel mode lights up the speed information displays and warning reminders while the rest of the instrument panel lights are off 5 4 Lighting Dome Lamp s gt On Off Press t
81. recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement Turn the steering wheel 3 to 5 inches about one eighth turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing Passing another vehicle on a two lane road can be dangerous To reduce the risk of danger while passing e Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect a successful pass If in doubt wait e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines that could indicate a turn or an intersection Never cross a solid or double solid line on your side of the lane e Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Doing so can reduce your visibility e Wait your turn to pass a slow vehicle e When you are being passed ease to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to exi
82. repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 12 14 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign Customer Information However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue S E Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reportin
83. senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Driving and Operating Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let antilock work for you You might hear the antilock pump or motor operate and feel the brake pedal pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Electronic Stability Program The vehicle has the Electronic Stability Program ESP that assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions by reducing engine power and applying the brakes to individual
84. service station or a local recycling center for help 9 11 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9 6 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 83 000 km interval See Schedule Maintenance in Service and Maintenance for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change 9 12 How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner filter 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 9 5 2 Locate the air filter housing on the front of the driver side of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9 6 Vehicle Service and Care 3 On the V8 engine remove the airflow sensor connector by pushing in the tab and pulling straight back 4 Remove the five retaining clips on the air filter housing Pull straight up on cover while holding the cover remove the air filter Install the air filter Close the air filter housing cover and clip the five retaining clips 8 On the
85. slowly pull the dipstick straight up Vehicle Service and Care 3 When the engine is cold the coolant level should be at or above the Min mark on the dipstick After the vehicle has been driven and the engine is at normal operating temperature the level should be somewhere between half full and the Max mark 4 If the coolant level is correct replace the dipstick and turn the cap one eighth of a turn clockwise Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant reservoir but only when the engine is cool If the coolant reservoir is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Engine Overheating on page 9 16 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Cooling System 9 15 Z CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the coolant reservoir cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated Radiator Pressure Cap Notice The radiator cap on your vehicle is a pressure type cap and must be tightly installed to prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage from overheating Be sure the cap is properly closed See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9 6 for more information on location 9 16 Engine Overheating There is an engine coolant temperature warn
86. so there is enough room R oriewresinit jack handle clockwise 180 for the compact spare tire to 9 Remove all of the wheel nuts and place them in a dry clean place to avoid getting dirt in the threads fit under the vehicle 9 76 Z CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire V6 Engine on page 9 71 Vehicle Service and Care 10 Remove any rust or dirt from 11 the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel Place the compact spare tire on the wheel mounting surface Z CAUTION Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts Because the nuts might come loose The vehicle s wheel could fall off causing a crash 12 Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut as much as possible using the wheel wrench until the wheel is held firmly against the hub Use your free hand to prevent the wheel from turning while you are tightening 13 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower
87. sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to or change about the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change the vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel roof rail airbag modules the inside rearview mirror ceiling headliner or pillar garnish trim front sensors or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position which includes sensors that are part of the passenger s seat The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non GM covers upholstery or trim or with GM covers upholstery or trim designed for a different vehicle Any object such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device installed under or on top of the seat fabric could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag s or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger a
88. that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from AtoZ Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread C
89. the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service The Brake message will remain until ZN Trip Fuel or Enter are pressed but the brake light will remain until the problem is fixed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for more information Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light For vehicles with the Antilock Brake System ABS this light will come on briefly as a check when you start your vehicle If it does not have your vehicle serviced so that the light works properly when it needs to If the light and a message in the DIC stays on longer than a few seconds after you start your engine or comes on and stays on while you are driving try resetting the system To reset the system 1 If you are driving pull over when it is safe to do so 2 Place the vehicle in PARK P 3 Turn off the ignition 4 Then restart the engine Instruments and Controls If the light remains on after resetting the system or comes on again while driving your vehicle needs service If the ABS light is on but the regular brake system warning light is not on the antilock brakes are not working properly but the regular brakes are still functioning Have your vehicle serviced right away If both brake lights are on you
90. the child restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer retailer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active Seats and Restraints For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort
91. the jack completely 14 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Vehicle Service and Care Z CAUTION Incorrect or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to acrash If you have to replace them be sure to get new original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 10 2 for wheel nut torque specification 9 77 Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 10 2 for the wheel nut torque specification 9 78 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools Z CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place Vehicle Service and Care To store a flat or spare tire and tools do the following A Jack Handle B Nut Cap Tool C Wheel Wrench D Jack 5 6 Replace the jack and tools as shown Turn the retainer nut clockwise to tighten Remove the wheel ce
92. the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 13 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver e A frontal airbag for the right front passenger e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger e A roof rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver e A roof rail airbag for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger All of the airbags in your vehicle will have the word AIRBAG embossed in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening Seats and Restraints 1 19 For frontal airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the middle part of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the right front passenger With seat mounted side impact airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the side of the seatback closest to the door With roof rail airbags the word AIRBAG will appear along the headliner or trim Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must
93. the tether around the headrest or head restraint If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the head restraint 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure Seats and Restraints 1 45 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash Z CAUTION A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure the LATCH system is working properly after a crash see your dealer retailer to have the system inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash new LATCH system parts may be needed 1 46 New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash Securing Child Restraints Rear Seat When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with your child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 40 for how to install your child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether
94. there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer retailer for service Z CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 13 for more on this including important safety information 4 15 Voltmeter Gage 8 12 16 CTY The voltmeter shows the voltage output of your battery It is located in the center of the instrument panel Charging System Light This light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition and the engine is not running as a check to show it is working Then it should go out when the engine is started If the light comes on and an Alternator message on the Driver Information Center DIC stays on you may have a problem with the electrical charging system Have it checked by your dealer retailer 4 16 Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must drive a short distance with the light on be sure to turn off all accessories such as the radio and air conditioner The Alternator message will remain until ZN Trip Fuel or Enter are pressed but the light will remain until the p
95. to its original storage location in the trunk 17 Immediately drive the vehicle 5 miles 8 km to distribute the sealant evenly in the tire 18 Stop at a safe location and check the tire pressure refer to Steps 1 through 9 under Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without Sealant to Inflate an Underinflated Tire later in this section If the tire pressure has fallen more then 10 psi 68 kPa below the recommended inflation pressure stop driving the vehicle The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant and compressor cannot seal the tire See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12 6 if you need assistance If the tire pressure has not dropped more than 10 psi 68 kPa from the recommended inflation pressure inflate the tire back up to the recommended inflation pressure 9 68 19 Wipe off any sealant from the wheel tire or vehicle 20 Dispose of the used sealant canister at a local dealer retailer or in accordance with local state codes and practices After using the sealant canister replace it with a new canister available from your dealer retailer This is a temporary repair Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer to have the tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible Vehicle Service and Care Using the Air Compressor without Sealant to Inflate an Underinflated Tire To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant Air Compress
96. trickle charger This will help maintain the charge of the battery over an extended period of time Headlamp Aiming The optical headlamp aiming system has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is damaged adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described The vehicle should e Be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall e Have all four tires on a perfectly level surface which is level all the way to the wall Vehicle Service and Care e Be placed so it is at a right angle to the wall e Not have any snow ice or mud on it e Be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done e Have a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg on the driver seat e Have all tires properly inflated Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly 9 27 To adjust the vertical aim on the headlamps 1 Open the hood Hood Release on page 9 5 2 Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low beam headlamp 3 Re
97. underhood electric fan Z CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Vehicle Service and Care 9 5 Hood Release To open the hood 1 Pull the release handle with the above symbol on it It is located below the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Es 2 Pull up on the secondary hood release The lever is located near the middle of the hood Lift the hood Release the hood prop rod from its retainer and put it into the slot in the hood To insert the hood prop rod into the slot Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Make sure to return the hood prop rod carefully back to its retainer to avoid damaging the vehicle 9 6 Vehicle Service and Care Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood this is what you will see V6 Engine Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 9 35 Coolant Reservoir and Dipstick See Cooling System on page 9 17 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 9 8 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 9 8
98. vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 40 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint Z CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint Where to Put the Restraint According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position We recommend that children and child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing
99. way Keys Doors and Windows Keys KOS na eda 2 2 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 206 2 3 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation 2 4 Remote Vehicle Start 2 6 Doors and Locks Door LOCKS eesdetecse sects steecnare 2 8 Power Door Locks 2 9 Rear Door Security Locks 2 9 TRUNK ereere en 2 10 Theft Deterrent Systems Theft Deterrent Systems 2 11 Immobilizer 05 2 11 Immobilizer Operation 2 12 Content Theft Deterrent 2 13 Keys Doors and Windows Windows WINKOWS ic2 toseedetzieaccdeccelse 2 14 Power Windows 2 15 SUN VISOMS iecscectevecue eeebeuene 2 15 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror 2 16 COMPASS eseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 16 Outside Power Mirror s 2 17 Outside Convex Mirror 2 18 Sunroof Sunroof 0 0 ceeeeeeeeee ees 2 18 2 2 Keys Doors and Windows One key located inside the Remote Keys Keyless Entry RKE transmitter can be used for the ignition and all locks except the glovebox Press the button on the RKE transmitter to extend the key Press the button and the key blade to retract the key Z CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the key
100. when the UNITS display is active Press to confirm the setting This will change the displays on the cluster DIC and the temperature display in the mirror to either English or metric measurements Instruments and Controls Tire Pressure Press ZN until Tire Pressure is displayed The display will show a vehicle and the approximate pressures of all four tires Tire pressure is displayed in either pounds per square inch PSI or in kilopascal kPa This display can be customized See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 for more information Customize Options See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 for more information Odometer Trip Odometer Press ZN until the Odometer Trip Odometer is displayed The odometer display shows the distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles MI or kilometers km To switch between English and metric measurements see UNITS earlier in this section The Trip Odometer display shows the current distance traveled since the last reset for the trip odometer The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing and holding while the trip odometer value is highlighted If is only pressed briefly the Avg Speed Avg Fuel will be reset as well Distance Time To Go Press ZN until To Go is displayed If this item doesn t display check that the display is turned on through the Customize Options menu See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 for more
101. while using DSC The automatic transmission has DSC that allows gear changes similar to a manual transmission To use this feature 1 Move the shift lever over from D Drive to the right quadrant The Sport Shift message in the DIC displays 2 To enter DSC press the shift lever forward to upshift or rearward to downshift The Active Select On message in the DIC will come on The DIC will indicate the requested gear range when moving the shift lever forward or rearward While using DSC the vehicle has firmer shifting and increased performance This can be used for sport driving or when climbing or descending hills to stay in gear longer or to down shift for more power or engine braking The transmission will only allow the driver to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine Revolutions Per Minute RPM The transmission will not automatically shift to the next lower gear if the engine RPM is too high If shifting is prevented for any reason the currently selected gear will flash multiple times indicating that the transmission has not shifted gears While in DSC the transmission automatically downshifts when the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating the vehicle from a stop in snowy and icy conditions 1st 2nd or 3rd gear starts can be selected from a standing start This is useful for gentle acceleration on slippery surfaces To return to Normal Shift mode slide the shi
102. you to start the engine from outside the vehicle Q Remote Vehicle Start This button will be on the RKE transmitter if you have remote start To enable and disable remote start see Remote Start under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 Vehicles with an automatic climate control system will default to a heating or cooling mode depending on the outside temperature during a remote start When the key is turned to ON RUN the climate control system will turn on at the setting the vehicle was set to when the vehicle was last turned off Keys Doors and Windows Laws in some local communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles If your vehicle is low on fuel do not use the remote start feature The vehicle may run out of fuel If your vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter functions will have an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 for additional information Starting the Engine Using Remote Start To start the engine using the remote start feature 1 Press on the RKE transmitter 2 Press and hold f
103. 1 2 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 11 9 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed 11 16 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Record cont d Odometer n Maintenance I or Service and Maintenance 11 17 Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or R 11 18 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Record cont d Odometer n Maintenance I or Customer Information Customer Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure ccceceeeseee seuss 12 1 Online Owner Center 12 3 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY USES a menn anns 12 4 Customer Assistance OfficeS cceeeeceeeeeeeeees 12 4 GM Mobility Reimbursement Programi isic sscsecintvteen severe 12 5 Roadside Assistance Program so csiesiacswensteccesiastias 12 6 Scheduling Service Appointments 12 8 Courtesy Transportation 12 9 Collision Damage Repair crios serina 12 10 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 5 12 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 0cc0eeeeee 12 14 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 12 14 Service Publications Ordering Information 12 15 Vehicle D
104. 1 mph 33 km h V6 engines or 24 mph 38 km h V8 engines or greater turn the band briefly to RES position The vehicle returns to the previously set speed and stays there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go toa higher speed e Turn the 6 band up to the RES position Hold it there until the desired speed is reached then release it e To increase the vehicle speed in very small amounts turn the band to RES briefly and then release it Each time this is done the vehicle goes about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce the vehicle speed while using cruise control e Turn the band down to the SET position Hold it there until the lower speed desired is reached then release it e To slow down in very small amounts turn the band to SET briefly and then release it Each time this is done the vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle slows down to the cruise control speed set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed
105. 14 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 or 3 511 in Canada Some gasolines contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT We recommend against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 8 34 for additional information 8 33 California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance might be affected The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and your vehicle might fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 18 If this occurs return to your authorized dealer retailer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty 8 34 Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing the emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to the fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U
106. 2 Remove the tools from the tool container 3 Place the tools next to the tire being changed 9 74 Notice Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty 3 Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire The location is indicated by a mark on the bottom edge of the vehicle The jack must not be used in any other positions Raise the jack until it engages with the jacking point Vehicle Service and Care 4 Put the compact spare tire near you Z CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack Z CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle S 5 Fit the jack handle onto the jack by sliding the hook through the end of the jack Vehicle Service and Care 9 75 The jack handle must be 7 Pull the jack handle towards you unfolded at a right angle before it 8 Repeat Steps 7 and 8 until the ie Mipan vehicle is far enough off the 6 Raise the vehicle by turning the ground
107. 2008 Pontiac G8 Owner Manual Li Seats and Restraints 1 1 Front SeatS ow 1 2 Rear Seats oo 1 5 Safety Belts eee 1 5 Airbag System 08 1 19 Child Restraints 1 32 Keys Doors and Windows 0 0eeeee eee 2 1 KEYS gesichovbecivueoveiuateesieas 2 2 Doors and Locks _ 2 8 Theft Deterrent Systems eee eeeee 2 11 Windows 9 cee eeeeee ee eee 2 14 MirrorS oes cece eee ee cece eee 2 16 Sunroof oo eeeeeeeee eee 2 18 Storage 3 1 Storag adeseieeoNaccne 3 1 Instruments and Controls ierte 4 1 Instrument Panel Overview oo eeeeeeeeeeee 4 2 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 4 10 Driver Information Center DIC 4 23 OnStar System 4 36 Lighting cceeeeeeeeeeeees 5 1 Fighting sea kata priar ETE SN 5 1 Infotainment 00e 6 1 Audio System s a an 6 1 Climate Controls 7 1 Climate Controls 7 1 Driving and Operating 8 1 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle oo ececceceeeereeees 8 2 Driving Your Vehicle _ 8 13 F el cesesccdennedacdaninasches nies 8 32 Vehicle Service and Care ecececeeeeeeee es 9 1 Service oo ee cecceeseceeeseeeeees 9 2 Owner Checks _ 066 9 5 Headlamp Aiming _ 9 27 Bulb Replacement _ 9 29 Electrical System _ 9 32 Tires hacieasececcecceccesneecees 9 39 Tire Chan
108. 2cccicncec sees nonea 9 72 STONO dossi iiaea iesene 9 78 Specifications Capacities 10 2 Speedometer eeeeeee 4 12 Start Vehicle Remote 2 6 Starting the Engine 8 4 Steering cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 19 Steering Wheel Controls AUGIO cvecvedvesnssecennsaneniens 6 23 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 4 4 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area ceeee 3 1 Convenience Net 3 1 Glove BOX ccccceceeeeeeees 3 1 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice OF SNOW 2 0 cece ec ee cece ceca ees 8 27 Sun ViSOIrs c ccceeeeee ee ee ees 2 15 SUNNOOP arneman a erin 2 18 T Tachometer eeeeeeee 4 12 TAilaMPS ssestetarcnsccseedceatneeme 9 31 Theft Deterrent Radio 6 23 Theft Deterrent Systems 2 11 Content Theft Deterrent 2 13 Immobilizer 0008 2 11 Immobilizer Operation 2 12 Tilt Wheel gssai coeucavieseoetene ne 4 4 Time Setting eeeeeee 6 2 Tire Pressure Light 4 18 THOS oo eee ececcececec eect eceeeeeeeeaees 9 39 Buying New Tires 9 56 Chains 0cceceeeeeeee eee 9 62 Changing a Flat Tire 9 71 Compact Spare Tire 9 79 Different Size 9 58 High Speed Operation 9 48 If a Tire Goes Flat 9 62 Inflation Tire Pressure 9 46 Inspection and Rotation 9 54 Install
109. 5 Automatic Transmission Operation 0 8 6 Parking Brake 06008 8 9 Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission 8 10 Shifting Out of Park 8 11 Parking Over Things That Burn cccceeeeeeeees 8 11 Engine Exhaust 8 12 Running the Vehicle While Parked 5 8 12 Driving Your Vehicle Defensive Driving 8 13 Drunk Driving eese 8 13 Control of a Vehicle 8 14 Braking eonna n 8 14 Antilock Brake System ABS aeee 8 15 Electronic Stability PFOQIAM 20s Tani 8 16 Steering oeeie 8 19 Off Road Recovery 8 20 PASSING ariiinsiav ririo 8 21 Loss of Control 8 21 Driving at Night 8 22 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 0 00ee 8 23 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 0 0 8 24 Highway Hypnosis 8 24 Hill and Mountain Roads 8 24 Winter Driving e e 8 25 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice OF SNOW eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 27 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 8 28 Loading the Vehicle 8 28 Driving and Operating Fuel Fuel Gasoline Octane Gasoline Specifications California Fuel Additives Fuels in Foreign Countries Filling the Tank Filling a Portable Fuel Container 8 2 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it
110. 9 98 Finish Damage 9 98 Underbody Maintenance 9 98 Chemical Paint Spotting 9 98 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 0 eeeeee 9 99 9 2 Vehicle Service and Care Uniform Tire Quality Grading sensenta 9 59 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance seeeeeeeeee 9 60 Wheel Replacement 9 61 Tire Chains 0008 9 62 Tire Changing If a Tire Goes Flat 9 62 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit V8 Engine ee 9 64 Changing a Flat Tire V6 Engine 00 9 71 Removing the Spare Tire and TOOS t2seesenscet enaa 9 72 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire eeee 9 73 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 05 9 78 Compact Spare Tire 9 79 Jump Starting Jump Starting eee 9 80 Service For service and parts needs visit your dealer retailer You will receive genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACDelco Ef Parts EJ Goodwrench Mg Accessories Accessories and Modifications When non dealer non retailer accessories are added to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like antilock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these a
111. ASS corrr nenna eon 2 16 Compressor Kit Tire Sealant iiciin 9 64 Content Theft Deterrent 2 13 Control of a Vehicle 8 14 Convenience Net 685 3 1 Coolant ENGINE sari a 9 13 Engine Temperature Gage 4 17 Cooling System n 9 17 Cruise Control 000e 4 5 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation 12 4 12 9 Customer Assistance Offices ccccceeee eee 12 4 Customer Satisfaction Procedure c0ceeeee 12 1 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program eceeeeeeee es 12 5 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 12 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 5 12 14 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 5 12 14 Roadside Assistance Program s evvescasceangeccvens 12 6 Service Publications Ordering Information 12 15 D Daytime Running Lamps 5 2 Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light 4 21 Defensive Driving 5 8 13 DIC Vehicle Customization 4 32 Disc MP3 sssri iirrainn 6 19 Doing Your Own Service Work 2 00006 9 4 Dome Lamps e eeeeeeeee 5 4 Door Ajar Light esris 4 21 LOCKS een ennan 2 8 Power Door Locks 2 9 Rear Door Security Locks 2 9 Driver Information Center DIC 4 23 4 32 DIC Operation and DisplayS 0cceeeeeeee ee 4
112. Canadiens On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en fran ais aupr s de concessionnaire ou l adresse suivante Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 helminc com Using this Manual Read this owner manual from beginning to end to learn about the vehicle s features and controls Pictures and words work together to explain things 2007 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Index To quickly locate information about the vehicle use the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Cautions and Notices There are a number of safety cautions in this book A box with the word CAUTION is used to tell about things that could cause injury if the warning is ignored Z CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people Cautions tell what the hazard is and what to do to avoid or reduce the hazard Read these cautions A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Notices are also used in this manual Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by the vehicle s warranty and it could be costly The notice tells what to do to
113. Check on page 1 31 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders door hinges and latches hood hinges and latches and trunk lid hinges and latches More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Service and Maintenance h Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 9 13 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed k f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change l If you drive regularly und
114. Compressor kit there is no spare tire no tire changing equipment and no place to store a tire 9 63 If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place and stopping 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 4 4 2 Park your vehicle Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in PARK P See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 8 10 3 Turn off the engine 4 Inspect the flat tire If the tire has been separated from the wheel has damaged sidewalls or has a puncture larger than a 1 4 inch 6 mm the tire is too severely damaged for the tire sealant and compressor kit to be effective See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12 6 If the tire has a puncture less than a 1 4 inch 6 mm in the tread area of the tire see Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit V8 Engine on page 9 64 9 64 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit V8 Engine This vehicle has a tire sealant and compressor kit in place of a jack or spare tire It is located in a foam container in the trunk The tire sealant and compressor kit can be used to repair a flat tire by sealing small punctures in the tread of the tire It can also be used to inflate an underinflated tire The vehicle must be driven for five miles 8 kilometers after the tire is sealed and inflated to the recommended pressure to ensure the sealant is distributed evenly For
115. Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if the vehicle has the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in the glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase This plan can be extended beyond the first year or can be upgraded to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services Such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance are not available until you register with OnStar Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics e GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling w
116. MS Sensor Matching Process Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time one or more of the TPMS sensors are replaced or the vehicle s tires are rotated the identification codes need to be matched to the new tire wheel location The sensors are matched to the tire wheel locations in the following order driver side front tire passenger side front tire passenger side rear tire and driver side rear tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your dealer retailer for service Vehicle Service and Care The TPMS sensors can also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s pressure do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage or a key You have two minutes to match each tire and wheel position If it takes longer than two minutes to match any tire and wheel position the matching process stops and you need to start over 9 53 The TPMS matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON RUN with the engine off 3 Press and hold the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter s lock and unlock buttons at the same time for about five seconds to start the TPMS learn mode The horn chirps two times indicating the TPMS receiver is rea
117. NU knob until DDL highlights 5 Press the MENU knob to enter the DDL setting 6 Turn the MENU knob to change the DDL setting 7 Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting 8 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Confirmation Beeps Confirmation beeps are used to indicate various actions by the radio The beeps can only be turned on or off on the radio with a six disc CD player while it is on The confirmation beep options are On The radio beeps when storing radio a station inserting or to removing a CD or when the LOAD ALL or the EJECT ALL functions have started CD Only The radio beeps when inserting or removing a CD Off The radio does not beep To change the options for the beeps 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Audio Setup highlights 3 Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio Setup menu 4 Turn the MENU knob until Beeps highlights 5 Press the MENU knob to enter the Beeps setting 6 Turn the MENU knob to change the Beeps setting 7 Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting 8 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Personal Identity Memories Radio with Six Disc CD Player Personal Identity Memories are coded to the vehicle s keys Only two keys can be coded The settings are stored by the vehicle and are unique to each key For the audio system the following
118. Pressure Monitor System on page 9 49 for more information L Very Low Fuel This message is displayed when the fuel level is very low You can press ZN or to acknowledge that you received the message but W V Low Fuel will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until enough fuel tank has been filled above the low fuel level DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle has features that you can customize through the DIC Using the Customization Menu Press ZN until you see Customize Options and then press The customization options will only be available when the vehicle speed is less than 6 mph 10 km h If the vehicle is moving faster than that the display will show Not Available Move the thumbwheel up A or down W to scroll through the available options Press to select an item To exit the current menu or go back use the thumbwheel to select at the top of the screen and then press The following items are part of the main customization menu e Exit e Reset settings e Security e Lighting e Trip Computer e Language e Remote key See the information following for detailed descriptions of the items available under each menu item There are also help screens available to explain the features When selecting a menu item wait for a few seconds and a help screen pops up with an explanation of the selected feature Instruments and Controls Exit To exit the customizati
119. Roadside Assistance Program Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out Routing Engine Drive Belt Running the Vehicle While Parked INDEX S Safety Belt Reminder Light Safety Belts Care of Check i 7 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly Lap Shoulder Belt Replacing Parts After a Crash Safety Belt Extender Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Scheduled Maintenance Seats Front Head Restraints Heated Seats Rear Lumbar Adjustment Power Seats Rear Seat Operation Reclining Seatbacks Securing Child Restraints i 8 INDEX Security Light eee 4 21 SOIWICE srinaranata a 9 2 Accessories and Modifications 9 3 Adding Equipment to the Outside of the Vehicle 9 4 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 9 3 California Proposition 65 WINING ssssctecs teerveeve Gens 9 3 Doing Your Own Work 9 4 Engine Soon Light 4 18 Owner Checks n se 9 5 Publications Ordering Information 4 12 15 Service Scheduling Appointments 00 12 8 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 30 Setting the Clock a se 6 2 Sheet Metal Damage 9 98 Shift Lock Manual Release 9 84 Shifting Into Park 0 8 10 Shifting Out of Park 8 11 Signals Turn and Lane Change e 4 7 Spare Tire Compact siensa iiime 9 79 installing sisca siaren 9 73 REMOVING n
120. S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer retailer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines might be available in your area Driving and Operating We recommend that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions can contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadieny manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT We recommend against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system could be affected The malfunction indicator lamp might tu
121. Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You have a lot less traction or grip and need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it can offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Driving and Operating The Antilock Brake System ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Even though you have ABS begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement See Antilock Brake System ABS on page 8 15 e Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches can appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behi
122. Unlock Press to unlock the doors Lock Remove the key from the ignition and press to lock the doors Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has rear door security locks to prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside Open the rear doors to access the security locks on the inside edge of each door To set the locks insert a key into the slot and turn it to the horizontal position The door can only be opened from the outside with the door unlocked To return the door to normal operation turn the slot to the vertical position 2 10 Trunk Z CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System Continued Keys Doors and Windows CAUTION Continued e If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 8 12 Remote Trunk Release To open the trunk from the outside the
123. V8 engine push in the airflow sensor connector Z CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transmission Fluid It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your vehicle to a dealer retailer and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in the Maintenance Schedule See Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 4 Be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 Vehicle Service and Care Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is fill
124. a 44 psi 300 kPa 36 psi 250 kPa 39 psi 270 kPa 44 psi 300 kPa pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated 9 50 Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale Vehicle S
125. a Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 2 12 Immobilizer Operation Your vehicle has a passive theft deterrent system The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the ignition The system is disarmed when the key is turned to ON RUN You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system The key uses a transponder that matches an immobilizer control unit in your vehicle and automatically disarms the system Only the correct key will start the vehicle If the key is ever damaged you may not be able to start your vehicle If the vehicle does not start e Make sure the fold away key is fully extended e Avoid attaching several keys with the ignition key e Avoid attaching keys from other vehicles to the ignition key Keys Doors and Windows e Do not attempt to start the vehicle with a non approved key e Do not disassemble the key When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another igniti
126. a that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints Child Restraint Systems A Rear Facing Infant Seat A rear facing infant seat A provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant The harness system holds the infant in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint B Forward Facing Child Seat A forward facing child seat B provides restraint for the child s body with the harness Seats and Restraints 1 37 C Booster Seats A booster seat C is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt system A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window 1 38 Securing an Add On Child Restraint in the Vehicle Seats and Restraints Z CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in
127. ably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger frontal airbag Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use Z CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 13 for more on this including important safety information A thick layer of additional material such as a blanket or cushion or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers seat heaters and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment other than any that GM has approved for your specific vehicle See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 30 for more information about modifications that
128. ace outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Vehicle Service and Care Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufa
129. ack number artist name and song name Artist name and song name can only be displayed when the appropriate data is stored on the CD MP3 ID tag e Song info mode with folder number track number and folder name Infotainment 6 21 RANDOM Select to hear the tracks in random order The random modes are RDM IN DISC random in disc or RDM IN FOLDER random in folder To use RANDOM 1 Press the softkey below the Random label to display the different random modes 2 Press the softkey below RDM IN DISC or RDM IN FOLDER 3 Press PPI to go to the next track 4 Press Md to go to the previous track 5 Press the softkey below the active random mode to cancel the random mode 6 22 Infotainment REPEAT Select to repeat tracks or folders To use REPEAT 1 Press the softkey below the REPEAT label to display the different repeat modes 2 Press the softkey below REPEAT TRACK REPEAT DISC or REPEAT FOLDER to chose that mode 3 Press the softkey below the active repeat mode to cancel the repeat mode BROWSE MODE Folders and tracks of an MP3 disc can be found easier by using the browse mode Finding a track in the current folder 1 Press the softkey below BROWSE MODE The files in the active folder display and the active track is highlighted 2 Turn the MENU knob to highlight the desired track 3 Press the MENU knob to play the highlighted track 4 Press the softkey below EXIT to e
130. ail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires 9 58 Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC Spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 9 49 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information Label and its location on your vehicle Vehicle Service and Care Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected
131. ake fluid There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake hydraulic system If it is have the brake hydraulic system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well Vehicle Service and Care It is not a good idea to top off the brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If fluid is added when the linings are worn there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed Add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system Z CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 16 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 4 brake fluid It is recommended that you flush the brake hydraulic system and refill it with new DOT 4 fluid at a regular maintenance service every two years See Additional Required
132. ame gender age and crash location is recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR GM will not access this data or share it with others except with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee in response to an official request of police or similar government office as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner OnStar If your vehicle has OnStar and you subscribe to the OnStar services please refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions for information on data collection and use Customer Information Navigation System If your vehicle has a navigation system use of the system may result in the storage of destinations addresses telephone numbers and other trip informat
133. ant Sensor Driver Side Passenger Side Daytime Running Front Cigarette Steering Wheel F23 Controls Backlighting Sues Fuse Puller Vehicle Service and Care Circuit Breakers Retain Accessory Power 1 Door Lock R6 Driver Side Lock Retain Accessory R8 Accessoy R9 Blower Daytime Running Fuel Pump 9 35 Engine Compartment Fuse Block To open the fuse block cover remove the clip on cover Notice Spilling liquid on any electrical components on your vehicle may damage it Always keep the covers on any electrical component 9 36 Vehicle Service and Care SWS RA Pl eee R Po AAPEA NQ Engine Compartment Fuse Block Fuse Puller Shown Fan 1 Engin Fan 2 Engin Transmission Control Module Driver Side Low Beam Headlamp Passenger Side Low Beam Headlamp Passenger Side F19 High Beam Headlamp Windshield Washer Canister Vent Driver Side F23 High Beam Headlamp Vehicle Service and Care Fuses Usage i Heated Seats OnStar Ignition Engine Ignition Passenger Side Park Lamp 9 37 Driver Side SUE Fuse Puller Relays Usage re Headers Headlamps R8 Defogger Windshield Wiper High Windshield High Beam Headlamps Ignition Main 9 38 Windshield Wiper Fan 1 Engine Cooling Parking Lamps Fan 2 Engine Cooling Fan 3 Engine Cooling Relays R15 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20
134. as been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO e Have your vehicle fixed immediately Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know Z CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 8 12 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park ina garage with the engine running Also see If You Are Caught ina Blizzard under Winter Driving on page 8 25 Z CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicl
135. ase on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Fluids and Lubricants in the Index of the Maintenance and Warranty and Owner assistance Information manual Wheels and Trim Aluminum or Chrome Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if you do not wash your vehicle after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust Always wash your vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning br
136. asive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage your vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years You can help to keep the paint finish looking new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible Vehicle Service and Care Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Wash with water or use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Washing Your Vehicle The best way to preserve your vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight Use a car washing soap 9 95 Notice Certain cleaners contain chemicals that can damage the emblems or
137. ata Recording and Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 08 12 16 Event Data Recorders 12 16 OnStar Navigation System 12 17 Radio Frequency Identification RFID 12 17 12 1 Customer Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by the dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager 12 2 STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the U S call the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 762 2737 In Canada call General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Have the following
138. atings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Vehicle Service and Care Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Exterior Cleaning Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle later in this section Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish You can get approved cleaning products from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 9 99 If your vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish the clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abr
139. can strike other people or can be thrown out of the vehicle In addition young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone they need to use a child restraint Z CAUTION Never do this Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle Due to crash forces an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg infant will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint Seats and Restraints 1 35 CAUTION Continued better to secure a forward facing child restraint in a rear seat If you must secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go Z CAUTION Never do this Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Never put a rear facing child restraint in the right front seat Secure a rear facing child restraint in a rear seat It is also Continued 1 36 Q What are the different types of add on child restraints A Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the chi
140. can affect how the system operates Seats and Restraints 1 29 The passenger sensing system may suppress the airbag deployment when liquid soaks into the seat If this happens the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator and the airbag readiness light on the instrument panel will be lit The system should resume normal operation after the seat is allowed to dry If the system operates incorrectly after the seat has dried have your dealer retailer check the system Z CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 1 30 Seats and Restraints Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle Your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 12 15 Z CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make
141. cator Lamp may turn on See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 18 Driving and Operating 8 35 Z CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Exterior Cleaning on page 9 94 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed 8 36 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 4 18 Z CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage
142. ccessories could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your Vehicle Service and Care GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories Also see Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 30 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals 9 3 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications such as airbag initiators seat belt pretensioners and lithium batteries contained in remote keyless entry transmitters may contain perchlorate materials Special handling may be necessary For additional information see www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate 9 4 Vehicle Service and Care Doing Your Own Service Work Z CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on
143. ch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way When the safety belt is not in use slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt near the guide loop on the side wall Before you close a door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and the vehicle Safety Belt Pretensioners The vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the front outboard occupants Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if the vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash Seats and Restraints 1 15 Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for the safety belt system See Replacing Safety Belt System Parts After a Crash on page 1 18 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head 1 16 Seats and Rest
144. chnology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times Location information about the vehicle is only available if the GPS satellite signals are available and unobstructed The vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of the vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility Increase the volume of the radio if you cannot hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red the system is not functioning properly and should be checked by your dealer retailer If the light appears clear no light is appearing the OnStar subscription has expired Press the blue OnStar button to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active Lighting 5 1 Lighting Lighting Exterior Lamps Controls 5 1 Daytime Running Lamps DRL c 06 5 2 Automatic Headlamp System eee 5 2 Fog Lamps eee 5 3 Instrument Panel Brightness s 0eceeeeeees 5 3 Dome Lamp s sr sreeerarensi 5 4 Perimeter Lighting 5 4 Reading Lamps 006 5 4
145. cies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply the brakes See Braking on page 8 14 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available Driving and Operating An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery Your vehicle s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement
146. cked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Continued Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening Manual Door Locks Unlock the driver door manually from the outside using the key Turn the key counter clockwise once to unlock the driver door and twice to unlock all doors Lock all doors manually from the outside by turning the key clockwise Lock and unlock the doors manually from inside the vehicle using the knob on the door Do not use the manual door lock knob when the door is open The door lock cylinder turns freely when either the wrong key is used or the correct key is not fully inserted The free turning door lock feature prevents the lock from being forced open To reset the lock turn it to the vertical position with the correct key fully inserted Remove the key and insert it again If this does not reset the lock turn the key half way around in the cylinder and repeat the reset procedure Keys Doors and Windows 2 9 Power Door Locks The power door lock switch is located on the center console n
147. cle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label A B TIRE AND LOADING INFORM Ti N Ez i Tron FER T The Comtened weight of OccUpAES and cargo shoud never tacesd igo b EE a COLD Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached near the door lock post The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 9 39 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle See Certification Label later in this section Driving and Operating 8 29 Steps for Determinin
148. come on and along with a chime There is still a little fuel left but you should refuel soon Here are four things that some owners ask about These are normal and do not indicate a problem with your fuel gage e At the service station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e lt takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated e The indicator moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up e The gage will continue to show the remaining fuel when the ignition is turned off Driver Information Center DIC The DIC displays information about your vehicle It also displays warning messages if a system problem is detected The DIC also allows some features to be customized See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 for more information All messages will appear in the DIC display located in the center of the instrument panel cluster When the ignition is turned on a vehicle system check is performed and the status is shown on the DIC display If there are no warnings or service reminders the display shows a series of welcome screens When the ignition is turned off the odometer appears on the display for a short period of time unless a service reminder is active Active service reminders are displayed for 10 seconds before the odometer appears The odometer will reappear on the display when the driver door is opened For more Instruments and Controls information on
149. control D forward or rearward e Move the whole seat up or down by moving the control up or down e Tilt the seat by turning the control forward or rearward Lumbar Seat Adjustment Adjust the lumbar support B by turning the control forward or rearward Reclining Seatbacks Seats and Restraints 1 3 Z CAUTION Z CAUTION CAUTION Continued You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you Ina crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries Continued The lap belt cannot do its job either In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Adjust the reclining seatback by turning the knob C Do
150. cord the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low beam headlamp 9 28 IO 4 At the wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line B on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp Vehicle Service and Care 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being adjusted Do not place it directly on the headlamp This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface Driver Side Passenger Side Similar 7 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly The adjustment screw can be turned with a 6 mm socket wrench 8 Turn the vertical aiming screw clockwise or counterclockwise until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line SS Sen 9 Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim 10 Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp Bulb Replacement For the
151. could cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car vehicle wash lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally Continued Driving and Operating CAUTION Continued Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces Driving through flowing water could cause your vehicle to be carried away If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous Water can build up under your vehicle s tires so they actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road 8 23 There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet Other Rainy Weather Tips Besides slowing down other wet weather driving tips include Allow extra following distance Pass with caution Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 9 39 Turn off cruise control if equipped 8 24 Before Leaving on a Long Trip To prepare your vehicle for a long trip consider having it serviced by your dealer re
152. cturers recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 and Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Vehicle Service and Care Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 9 56 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 9 59 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading the Vehicle on pag
153. d Maintenance Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services Sa 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80 000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 9 11 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter normal service Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Change automatic transmission fluid and filter severe service See footnote h Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote g Change brake hydraulic fluid at a regular maintenance service every two years See footnote m Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect drum brake linings shoes for wear or cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and r
154. d be an early indicator that the air pressure in the tire s are getting low and need to be inflated to the proper pressure A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of the vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on the vehicle Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 9 52 The vehicle s TPMS system can warn about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 9 54 and Tires on page 9 39 Notice Using non approved tire sealants could damage the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS sensors TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty Always use the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer retailer TPMS Malfunction Light and Message The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or not operating When the system detects a malfunction the low tire warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder Vehicle Service and Care of the ignition cycle A DIC warning message also displays The low tire warning light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected
155. d track is reached Theft Deterrent Feature The radio has an electronically coded security system that links the radio to the vehicle When the ignition is off a flashing red light on the upper left side of the radio indicates the security system is on If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it will not operate and Security Lockout Active displays Contact your dealer retailer to unlock the radio Audio Steering Wheel Controls The vehicle has audio steering wheel controls Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel Several functions of the audio system can be operated with the audio remote control buttons and the rotary control wheel SRCE Source Press to select between FM1 FM2 AM CD Front AUX auxiliary or Rear AUX AV Scroll Wheel Control Push to select the next disc in the changer Turn the scroll wheel up or down to e Select the next or previous preset radio station e Select the next or previous track u Voice In Press to interact with the OnStar system Call End Press to end an OnStar phone call Scroll Wheel Control Turn the scroll wheel control up or down to increase or decrease the volume Press to mute the audio system press again to turn the sound back on 6 24 Infotainment Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as cell phone chargers vehicle conveni
156. d void authorization to use this equipment If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range try this e Check the distance The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle Stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check the transmitter s battery See Battery Replacement later in this section e f the transmitter is still not working correctly see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service 2 4 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions will work up to 195 feet 60 m away however the operating range may be less while the vehicle is running There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 2 3 RKE with Remote Start Shown Keys Doors and Windows The following functions may be available if your vehicle has the RKE system Lock Press to lock all doors You can program the vehicle so the turn signal indicators flash or the horn sounds when pressing on the RKE transmitter For more information see Flash Remote Lock and Beep Remote Lock under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 If any door is open when a is pressed the horn will chirp five times a
157. do both brake systems will not work well or at all Trailer Wiring Harness All of the electrical circuits required for your trailer lighting system can be accessed at the driver s side rear lamp connector This connector is located under the carpet on the rear corner of the trunk compartment Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you will want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Vehicle Service and Care Towing with the Electronic Stability Program ESP When towing the sound of the ESP modulator might be heard The ESP is reacting to the vehicle movement caused by the trailer which mainly occurs during corneri
158. dy and in learn mode 4 Start with the driver side front tire The driver side front indicator lamp also comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned 5 Remove the valve cap from the tire s valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for about eight seconds The horn chirps one time to confirm the sensor identification code has been matched to the tire wheel position 9 54 6 The driver side front indicator lamp turns off and the passenger side front indicator lamp comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 7 The passenger side front indicator lamp turns off and the passenger side rear indicator lamp comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the passenger side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 8 The passenger side rear indicator lamp turns off and the driver side rear indicator lamp comes on to indicate that corner s sensor is ready to be learned Proceed to the driver side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 5 Vehicle Service and Care 9 After the driver side rear TPMS sensor has been learned the horn chirps two times The driver side rear indicator lamp turns off and the TPMS sensor matching process is done Turn the ignition switch to LOCK OFF If no tires are learned after
159. e Z CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on Z CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 26 for more information including important safety information Instruments and Controls lf after several seconds both status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all
160. e airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether the frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts In addition the vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags Dual stage airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity The vehicle has electronic frontal sensors which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts dual stage airbag
161. e 8 28 9 45 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 9 46 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy Vehicle Service and Care If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar below the driver s door latch This label lists the vehicle s original equipment tires and the recommended cold tire inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle
162. e brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 9 25 Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 10 2 Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving the brakes adjust for wear 9 26 Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in
163. e driver control the vehicle These modules may store data to help your dealer retailer technician service your vehicle Some modules may also store data about how you operate the vehicle such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed These modules may also retain the owner s personal preferences such as radio pre sets seat positions and temperature settings Customer Information Event Data Recorders This vehicle has an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was pressing the accelerator and or brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was traveling This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Important EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g n
164. e hours 5 Press the MENU knob to return to the Options menu 6 Repeat steps 2 through 5 to adjust the minutes date month and year 7 Press to save the settings If no adjustments are made for eight seconds the radio will automatically save the settings Infotainment 6 3 Radio s Radio with Single CD Player 6 4 Infotainment Radio with Six Disc CD Player The vehicle has one of these radios as its audio system Playing the Radio Power Press to turn the system on and off Radio with Single CD Player Volume The volume knob is located on the center of the radio Turn to adjust the volume M Mute Press to immediately stop the volume While the volume is off MUTED displays To cancel Mute do one of the following e Press M again e Increase the radio volume e Turn the radio off and on Radio with Six Disc CD Player a Volume Mute Turn to adjust the volume Press to immediately stop the volume While the volume is off MUTED displays To cancel Mute do one of the following e Press aas e Increase the radio volume e Turn the radio off and on Finding a Station BAND Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM If the radio is in ASM Auto Station Memory mode ASM appears on the display and FM ASM and AM ASM can be selected MA Tune Press to tune the radio frequency down or up M4 gt gt Seek Press to seek to the previous or next station T
165. e label has the following information e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle 10 2 Technical Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 for more information eee ee O a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer retailer for more information Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a Automatic Transmission 5 Speed Automatic 3 6L V6 Engine Engine Oil with Filter Technical Data 10 3 neal Engin Fuel Tank 19 3 gal 73 0 L Wheel Nut Torque 125 Ib ft 170 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Engine Specifications Engine si VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 6 0L V8 Engine 0 040 in 1 02 mm 10 4 Technical Data 4 NOTES Service and Maintenance Service and Maintenance Introduction ccceeeee ee Maintenance Requirements 0 Your Vehicle and the Environment 00068 Using the Maintenance Schedule 0ceeeeee Scheduled Maintenance Additional Required S InVIGES srona n renin Maintenance Footnotes
166. e right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system Seats and Restraints 1 27 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 14 If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing Child Restraints Rear Seat on page 1 46 or Securing Child Restraints Right Front Seat on page 1 48 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the 1 28 vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint See Head Restraints on page 1 4 Remove any additional material from the seat such as blankets cushions seat covers seat heaters or seat massagers before reinstalling or securing
167. e seat Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 1 44 Seats and Restraints 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether route
168. e setting 6 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Help Press to receive information about how the radio functions To use help for a radio button on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press to enter the help menu 2 Press the volume knob to highlight the menu item 3 Press any of the radio buttons to display the help text 4 Press again to go back one level To use help for a radio button on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press to enter the help menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until What does each button do highlights and press the MENU knob 3 Press any of the radio buttons to display its help text To go back one level press again Infotainment 6 15 To use help for a radio function on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press to enter the help menu 2 Press the volume knob to highlight the menu item 3 Turn the volume knob to highlight a desired help topic to display the help text 4 Press again to go back one level To use help for a radio function on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press to enter the help menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Help Topics highlights and press the MENU knob 3 Turn the MENU knob to highlight a desired help topic to display its help text To go back one level press again 6 16 Infotainment Startup Screen To enable or disable the startup screen on the
169. e six CD storage locations When a storage location has no disc loaded a dash displays To insert one CD 1 Press X7 LOAD and Insert Disc displays 2 The load indicator light flashes and the radio beeps twice 3 Insert a CD label side up partway into the slot 4 The CD player will pull the CD in and begin playing if the radio is on 6 10 Infotainment To insert multiple CDs 1 Press and hold X7 LOAD for more than two seconds a beep sounds and Loading All Discs displays 2 The display the beeps and the load indicator light prompts when to insert each CD 3 Insert a CD label side up partway into the slot 4 The CD player will pull the CD in and begin playing if the radio is on The load function is canceled when e ACD has not been inserted for 10 seconds e EJECT is pressed e The radio is turned off Ejecting CDs amp EJECT Press to stop a CD while it is playing or to eject a CD when it is not playing Eject can be activated with the ignition and the radio off If an ejected CD is not removed with 10 seconds it will be automatically pulled back into the player To eject a single CD with the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press amp EJECT 2 Press the numbered or softkey that the disc is assigned to within 3 seconds To eject all CDs with the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press and hold amp EJECT for more than two seconds a beep sounds and Ejecting All Di
170. e the engine to overheat and be severely damaged 9 19 If no coolant is visible in the coolant reservoir add coolant as follows Z CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant 9 20 Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture Z CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 1 Check the engine coolant reservoir A level and if required top with coolant See Engine Coolant on page 9 13 Vehicle Service and Care 2 Locate the radiator pressure cap B CAUTION Continued come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the radiator pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if yo
171. e to spin excessively while the ESC TCS ABS and Brake warning lights and the SERVICE ESC and or SERVICE TRACTION messages are displayed you could damage the differential The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel s excessively while these lights and this message are displayed The traction control system may activate on dry or rough roads or under conditions such as heavy acceleration while turning or abrupt upshifts downshifts of the transmission When this happens you may notice a reduction in acceleration or may hear a noise or vibration This is normal Adding non dealer non retailer accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 9 3 for more information Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the
172. e will not move See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 8 10 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 9 85 Driving Your Vehicle Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected The first step in driving defensively is to wear your Safety belt see Safety Belts on page 1 5 Driving and Operating Z CAUTION Assume that other road users pedestrians bicyclists and other drivers are going to be careless and make mistakes Anticipate what they might do and be ready In addition e Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you e Focus on the task of driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or possible death These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life 8 13 Drunk Driving Z CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to
173. ear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power Service and Maintenance steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year 11 7 Additional Required Services cont d a 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40000 80 000 120 000 160000 200 000 240 000 d Inspect wiper blades for wear cracking or contamination Clean the windshield and wiper blades if contaminated Replace wiper blades that are worn or damaged See Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 9 23 and Windshield and Wiper Blades under Exterior Cleaning on page 9 94 for more information 11 8 e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and safety belt assemblies are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also see Airbag System
174. ection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 8 9 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to ON RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your dealer retailer for service Ignition Transmission Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK OFF in each shift lever position e The ignition should turn to LOCK OFF only when the shift lever is in PARK P e The ignition key should come out only in LOCK OFF Contact your dealer retailer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission Park P Mechanism Check Z CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move Service and Maintenance Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing d
175. ed on vehicle use Whenever the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to the Service Engine Oil message being displayed reset the system After changing the engine oil reset the system 1 Turn the ignition key to ON RUN with the engine off 2 Fully press and release the accelerator pedal three times within five seconds If the Service Engine Oil message does not appear the system is reset If the Service Engine Oil message displays you will need to reset the system again What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and Vehicle Service and Care water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturers warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer retailer a
176. ed with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 9 16 9 13 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle 9 14 What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else Z CAUTION Adding only plain water to the cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcoho
177. ee that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 9 16 9 91 Appearance Care Interior Cleaning Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from the upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior 9 92 Vehicle Service and Care When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass
178. eeeeeeeee es 1 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle woes ccdesiweecdscsercceest 1 Airbag System Check 1 Replacing Airbag System Parts After a Crash 1 18 18 18 19 21 22 24 24 24 26 30 30 31 32 Seats and Restraints Child Restraints Older Children Infants and Young Children Child Restraint Systems Where to Put the Restraint Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH eee eee eens Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash Securing Child Restraints Rear Seat Securing Child Restraints Right Front Seat 1 32 1 34 1 37 1 38 1 40 1 2 Seats and Restraints Front Seats A Head Restraints on page 1 4 B Lumbar Seat Adjustment on page 1 2 C Reclining Seatbacks on page 1 3 D Power Seat s on page 1 2 E Manual Seats on page 1 2 Manual Seats Z CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving To adjust a manual seat 1 Lift the bar E to unlock the seat 2 Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Try to move the seat to be sure it is locked in place Power Seat s e Move the seat forward or rearward by moving the
179. eight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in your vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See 9 87 Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity If you are using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you have loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer 9 88 Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You will find these numbers on the Tire Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 Then be sure you do not go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you will need the right hitch
180. eld Washer Optikleen Washer Solvent Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Fluid DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Fluid Key Lock Cylinders Canade a Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Hood Latch Assembly Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol GM Part No U S 12346293 in Latch Pivots Spring Anchor and Canada 992723 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Release Pawl Category LB or GC LB Hood and Door Hinges Hig rece ial Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 Weatherstrip Conditioning or Dielectric Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 Service and Maintenance 11 13 Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer po Part GM Part Numbers ACDelco Part Numbers Engine AirCleaner Fiter 92066873 O PF2129 PF48 7090 41 985 Cowes SSSSSSOSCSCSCSCSCSCSCSC idSCCSC i TI CCS E S CYC SCSC C 11 14 Service and Maintenance Engine Drive Belt Routing V6 Engine V8 Engine A Air Conditioning Compressor Service and Maintenance 11 15 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 1
181. eld washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary 11 9 At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Inspect the vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire V6 Engine on page 9 71 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 9 54 11 10 Service and Maintenance At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check Z CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 3 Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your dealer retailer for service Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System Check 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 8 9 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts Z CAUTION When you are doing this insp
182. elect the Back option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Radio Message Security Lockout Active This message displays when the coded security system has been activated Take the vehicle to your dealer retailer for service Using the CD Player The CD player plays standard sized CDs Using CDs of a different size can damage the drive or disc even if an adapter is used The CD player has a memory buffer that holds approximately seven seconds of music to prevent interruption while driving over bumpy surfaces If the interruption lasts longer than seven seconds the memory buffer can become empty and playback will be interrupted until the player has time to refocus read the disc and fill the buffer again When the player reaches the end of a CD it automatically returns to the start and plays the CD again e CDs can be loaded with the ignition and the radio on or off e CDs will stay in the player if the ignition or radio is turned off e If the CD was the last source selected it resumes playing when the radio is turned on Loading CDs To load a CD with the radio with a single CD player 1 Insert a CD label side up partway into the slot 2 The CD player will pull the CD in and begin playing if the radio is on Infotainment 6 9 To load CDs with the radio with a six disc CD player 7 LOAD Press to load CDs into the CD player The display shows DISC and six numbers that correspond to th
183. elts Q Will be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if am wearing a safety belt A You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted And you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down Q If my vehicle has airbags why should I have to wear safety belts A Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Whether or not an airbag is provided all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in a crash even one that is not your fault you and your passenger s can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for s
184. em Fan Control amp Fan Turn the left knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed Turn the knob all the way counterclockwise to turn the system off Temperature Control Turn the center knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle 7 2 Climate Controls Air Delivery Mode Control Use the right knob to select from the following modes Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets 4 Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side window outlets W Defog Air is directed to the windshield floor outlets and side window vents Use this mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers 7 Defrost Air is directed to the windshield with some air directed to the side window vents Use this mode to quickly remove fog or frost from the windshield When defrost is selected the air conditioning turns on automatically to improve defrosting performance In this mode the air conditioning cannot be turned off and the recirculation mode cannot be turned on Air Conditioning X Air Conditioning Press to turn on or off An indicator comes on when the air conditioning is on The fan must be on to use the air conditioning The air conditi
185. ence accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on the radio FM Stereo FM signals only reach about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Although the radio has a built in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference some static can occur especially around tall buildings or hills Fixed Mast Antenna The AM FM antenna is located on the roof of the vehicle Driving through an automatic car wash without removing the antenna could damage it To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To replace the antenna turn it clockwise until hand tightened Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control System Automatic Climate Control System Outlet Adjustment Climate Controls Climate Control System Climate Controls 7 1 The heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this syst
186. ened before being flushed Your dealer retailer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this we will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Service and Care 9 99 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage a Interior and exterior Polishing Cloth polishing cloth Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road oil Remover and asphalt Chrome Cleaner and Use on chrome or Polish stainless steel F F i Removes soil and black A eee Tire marks from whitewalls and raised white lettering Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime Chrome Wheel Cleaner from chrome wheels Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Removes swirl marks fine Swirl Remover Polish scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches Finish Enhancer 9 100 Vehicle Service and Care Description Usage
187. er dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often m Drain flush and refill brake hydraulic system at a regular service interval I or II every two years This service can be complex you should have your dealer retailer perform this service See Brakes on page 9 24 Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure vehicle safety dependability and emission control performance Your dealer retailer can assist with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to the vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Service and Maintenance Engine Oil Level Check Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by the vehicle warranty Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 9 8 Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 9 13 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshi
188. erformance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall near the tire size If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC Spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 9 40 for additional information GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four This is because uniform tread depth on all tires will help keep your vehicle performing most like it did when the tires were new Replacing less than a full set of tires can affect the braking and handling performance of your vehicle See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 9 54 for information on proper tire rotation Vehicle Service and Care 9 57 Z CAUTION Z CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to the vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with the compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on the vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 9 79 If you use bias ply tires on the vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could f
189. ervice To shift out of P Park turn the ignition to ON RUN and apply the brake pedal A LOCK OFF This is the only position from which you can remove the key This locks the steering wheel ignition and automatic transmission On vehicles with an automatic transmission the shift lever must be in P Park to turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position The ignition switch can bind in the LOCK OFF position with your wheels turned off center If this happens move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC ACCESSORY If this doesn t work then the vehicle needs service B ACC ACCESSORY This position provides power to some of the electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition The transmission is also unlocked in this position on automatic transmission vehicles To move the key from ACC ACCESSORY to LOCK OFF push in the key and then turn it to LOCK OFF C ON RUN The ignition switch stays in this position when the engine is running This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories including the ventilation fan and 12 volt power outlet as well as to display some warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC ACCESSORY or ON RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start the vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This positi
190. ervice and Care will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 9 51 for additional information Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The TPMS operates on a radio frequency and complies with RSS 210 of Industry and Science Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept a
191. es See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 9 22 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Z CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision Accessory Power Outlet s The accessory power outlets can be used to connect auxiliary electrical equipment such as a cellular phone The vehicle has two accessory power outlets One accessory power outlet is located under the climate controls and the other is located inside the center floor console To use the outlet the ignition must be in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Pull down the small cover to access the outlet Instruments and Controls 4 9 Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating This circuit is protected by a fuse and has a maximum current level Do not use equipment exceeding the maximum amperage rating Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible to the power accessory outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer retailer for additional information on the power accessory plugs Notice Adding any electrical equipment to the vehicle may damage it or keep other componen
192. essage but OverSpeed will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display as long as the vehicle s speed exceeds the preset value Q Park Brake This message is displayed if the parking brake is applied when you are driving Release the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 8 9 Instruments and Controls Replace Battery in Remote Key This message is displayed when the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter needs to be replaced See your dealer retailer to replace the battery You can press ZN or to acknowledge that you received the message but Key Batt will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the battery has been replaced r Rest Reminder This feature reminds the driver that they may have been driving for too long without a break When the ignition is turned on a timer starts counting After two hours of continuous driving the rest reminder flashes to alert the driver The Rest Reminder message is displayed until ZN or are pressed The rest reminder reappears after 20 minutes accompanied by a chime unless the ignition has been turned off For information on how to turn the rest reminder on and off see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 A Safety Mode Active and Power Reduced These messages display alternately when there is a problem with the engine control system see your dealer retailer You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you rece
193. eturn to the booster seat e Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips touching the thighs If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip If yes continue If no return to the booster seat Q What is the proper way to wear Safety belts A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash According to accident statistics children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be Seats and Restraints 1 33 thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Z CAUTION Never do this Never allow two children to wear the same safety belt The safety belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time
194. ety belts What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After the frontal airbags and seat mounted side impact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they deploy Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes For location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on page 1 24 The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle Z CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing Continued CAUTION Continued problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the do
195. exit the setting 6 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu To disable the rear auxiliary input on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Option Menu Audio is highlighted 2 Turn the MENU knob until Rear AUX highlights 3 Press the MENU knob to enter the Rear AUX setting 4 Turn the MENU knob to turn the rear auxiliary input On or Off 5 Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting 6 Select the Back option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu AUX Auxiliary Press AUX to switch between the front and rear AUX input jack Press the AUX button to start audio playback from the portable audio player that is connected to the front AUX input jack if this was the last source Volume Turn to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player Additional volume adjustments to the portable device may be needed BAND Press to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing Additional Features Help Prompts Allows help information to be displayed for eight seconds after the request for that button or feature has been made To enable or disable help prompts 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Help Prompts highlights 3 Press the MENU knob to access the Help Prompts menu 4 Turn the MENU knob to turn change the setting to On or Off 5 Press the MENU knob to save th
196. f Pollution Mode Press and hold the lt button for four seconds to turn the pollution mode on or off When it is activated Pollution Mode Activated appears in the display When it is turned off Pollution Mode Inactive appears in the display This mode can be set when the vehicle speed is less than 9 mph 15 km h Recirculation will automatically turn on to help prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle in slow moving traffic Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window It only works when the ignition is in ON RUN The rear window defogger will only work when the ignition is in ON RUN H Rear Window Defogger Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off The 4 indicator appears in the display The rear window defogger turns off automatically if it is left on Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid Climate Controls 7 7 EXT TEMP EXT TEMP Exterior Temperature Press EXT TEMP to show the temperature outside the vehicle or the normal display Pressing any other climate control button will change the display from showing the outside temperature to showing
197. f gas from the inflator Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover and deploy The inflator the airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag module Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and instrument panel For vehicles with seat mounted side impact airbags there are airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door For vehicles with roof rail airbags there are airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows that have occupant seating positions How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Frontal airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body But airbags would not help in many types of collisions primarily because the occupant s motion is not toward those airbags See When Should an Airbag Inflate on page 1 22 for more information Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to saf
198. fect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 9 3 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 16 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes might not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy
199. ft lever over from the right quadrant to the left into D Drive A Normal Shift message will be displayed in the DIC Normal Shift Mode is recommended for normal or freeway driving as it provides optimum fuel economy Powertrain Braking For vehicles with a 6 speed automatic transmission there is an additional feature known as Powertrain Braking When driving on steep descents where frequent braking is required the vehicle will automatically downshift to provide engine braking assistance This feature also reduces brake temperatures and wear Downshifting will only occur when the driver s foot is applied to the brake Driver Shift Control can be switched on to override the feature and gain complete control of shifts if desired Parking Brake To set the parking brake pull up on the parking brake handle If the ignition is in the ON RUN position the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 4 16 Driving and Operating 8 9 To release the parking brake 1 Hold the brake pedal down 2 Pull the parking brake handle up until you can press the release button 3 Hold the release button in as you move the brake handle all the way down Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before d
200. g Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 8 30 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle See Towing a Trailer on page 9 85 for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips Driving and Operating e i A B Example 1 A Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 1 000 Ibs 453 kg B Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 300 Ibs 136 kg C Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg
201. g Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect notify Transport Canada immediately in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited Call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this please notify General Motors Call 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada call 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle Customer Information Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owne
202. ger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door 1 22 The roof rail airbags for the driver right front passenger and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows Seats and Restraints Z CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering Continued CAUTION Continued Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat mounted side impact airbag Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof rail airbags by routing a rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating roof rail airbag will be blocked When Should an Airbag Inflate Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries mainly to the driver s or right front passenger s head and chest However they are only designed to inflate if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for th
203. ght be required You might be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following e Make sure the fuel cap is fully installed See Filling the Tank on page 8 35 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off 4 20 If you just drove through a deep puddle of water your vehicle s electrical system might be wet The condition is usually corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off If you recently changed brands of fuel be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 8 33 Poor fuel quality causes the engine not to run as efficiently as designed You might notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration these conditions might go away once the engine is warmed up If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off Instruments and Controls If none of the above have made the light turn off your dealer retailer can check the vehicle Your dealer retailer has the proper test equipment and diagno
204. ging 9 62 Jump Starting 9 80 TOWING ose eceeeeeeeeeee tees 9 84 Appearance Care _ 9 91 Technical Data 10 1 Vehicle Identification 10 1 Capacities and Specifications 10 2 Service and Maintenance 11 1 Service and Maintenance _ 11 1 Customer Information 12 1 Customer Information 12 1 Reporting Safety Defects ce eeeeeeees 12 14 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy _ 12 16 Index Qe i 1 ii Preface Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation and the name G8 is a trademark of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed GM reserves the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division wherever it appears in this manual Litho in U S A Part No 92213380 A First Printing This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 1 800 551 4123 helminc com Propri taires
205. gnificant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms 12 11 Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs 12 12 Customer Information If a Crash Occurs Here is what to do if you are involved in a crash e Check to make sure that you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured e f there has been an injury call emergency services for help Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer e Give only the necessary and requested
206. he date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 9 59 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load Vehicle Service and Care 5 n gt 3 S Y D i f Z 43 Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 9 79 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 9 62 9 41 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one s
207. he radio can seek stations with a weak or strong signal within the selected band Limit the automatic seek from finding stations with a weak or a strong signal by using the Auto Local Distance feature See Auto Local Distance Selection for more information Auto Local Distant Selection The LO Local option reduces the radio s automatic seek tuning sensitivity in FM and AM modes LO only allows the radio to seek stations with a strong signal If a strong station cannot be found switch the radio to DX Distant so that stations with weaker signals can be found The Auto Automatic option will search for local stations first If no stations can be found the radio searches for all stations The Local Distant feature has no effect when the ASM Automatic Station Memory search feature is being used Infotainment 6 5 To use Local Distant on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press the volume knob to enter the Option Menu 2 Turn the volume knob until SEEK SENS seek sensitivity highlights 3 Press the volume knob to enter the SEEK SENS setting 4 Turn the volume knob and highlight either LO DX or AUTO 5 Press the volume knob to save and exit the setting 6 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu To use Local Distant on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Option Menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Seek Sens highlights 6 6 Inf
208. help avoid the damage Preface iii There are also warning labels on the vehicle which use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Other manuals may use CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator iv Preface 4 NOTES Seats and Restraints Front Seats Front Seats 2 Manual Seats 2 Power Seat s 2 Lumbar Seat Adjustment 1 2 3 4 5 Reclining Seatbacks 1 Head Restraints 1 Heated Seats ccccceeeee 1 Rear Seats Rear Seat Operation 1 5 Safety Belts Safety Belts How to Wear Safety Belts Properly cecccinceateseetentondnaes 1 8 Lap Shoulder Belt Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety Belt Extender Safety Belt Check 1 Care of Safety Belts 1 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts After a Crash cssssisescsvectansaenceess 1 Airbag System Airbag System e 1 Where Are the Airbags 1 When Should an Airbag Inflate eee 1 What Makes an Airbag Inflate ennenen 1 How Does an Airbag Restrain aaeeeo 1 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 1 Passenger Sensing System n n 1 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle cce
209. hift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the Continued CAUTION Continued engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 8 10 lf you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 9 85 Make sure the shift lever is fully in P Park before starting the engine The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control system Fully apply the brake pedal first and then press the shift lever button before shifting from P Park when the ignition key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY If you cannot shift out of P Park ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into P Park while maintaining brake application Then press the shift lever button and move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park on page 8 11 Notice Shifting to R Reverse while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Shift to R Reverse only after the vehicle is stopped R Reverse Use this gear to back up At lo
210. hild restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt Seats and Restraints 1 47 6 If your child restraint has a top tether follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions regarding the use of the top tether See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 40 for more information 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor disconnect it 1 48 Securing Child Restraints Right Front Seat This vehicle has airbags A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 In addition the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 26 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 14 for more information including important safety information A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the
211. hose and the tire valve stem Inflate the tire up to the recommended inflation pressure using the air pressure gage F on the top of the unit See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 The pressure gage F reads slightly high while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading The compressor may be turned on and off until the correct pressure is reached Push the On Off switch G to the O off position Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit as they could be hot after usage 9 Unplug the air compressor accessory plug A from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle and stow it in its original location 10 Disconnect the air only hose E from the tire valve stem and stow it back in its original location 11 Replace the tire valve stem cap Z CAUTION Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location 12 Place the equipment in the original location in the trunk of your vehicle 9 70 Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister To remove the sealant canister 1 Unlock the air only hose from the sealant canister by pulling up on the lever 2 Pull the air only hose from the sealant canister 3
212. hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body 1 10 Seats and Restraints Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way Z CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle Z CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not on the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this A The belt is over an armrest Seats and Restraints 1 11 Z CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt goes over an armrest like this The belt would be much too high In a crash you can slide under the belt The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen not on the pelvic bones and that could cause serious or fatal in
213. icle with the engine running The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in P Park and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into P Park hold the brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from P Park without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P Park Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your automatic transmission into P Park properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of P Park This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into P Park properly before you leave the driver seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park previously in the section When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of P Park before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some
214. ide may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 9 42 E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Vehicle Service and Care Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S TTT B CDE F A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number
215. iee ach 10 1 Vehicle Remote Start 2 6 Ventilation Adjustment 7 8 VISOS aaae 2 15 Voltmeter Gage s 4 15 i 10 INDEX W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators n on 4 10 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 2 2 20 4 27 Hazard Warning Flashers 4 4 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 2 ee 9 60 Different Size 9 58 Replacement 005 9 61 Where to Put the Restraint 1 38 WINdOWS 4 0 0ceeeeeeeee ee 2 14 POW T sscccoutaoatcradcatetede nes 2 15 Windshield Washer 2vccisssoil nadie les 4 8 Washer Fluid 04 9 22 Wiper Blade Replacement 9 23 Wiper Fuses 0005 9 33 WIDSETS vacccce te veeneceenetgeeehes 4 8 Winter Driving 06 8 25 Y Your Vehicle and the Environment 2206 11 2
216. ill have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease Customer Information To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United States Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish
217. in this section Z CAUTION Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on the vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle 8 32 If you put things inside the vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going Driving and Operating CAUTION Continued Z CAUTION Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Continued Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle perfor
218. information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage Customer Information When contacting Pontiac remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you can file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line P
219. information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 or call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number VIN 12 3 Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers retailers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle 12 4 My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you w
220. ing light on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 4 17 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine Vehicle Service and Care CAUTION Continued Z CAUTION If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood Continued Notice lf the engine catches fire because of being driven with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An engine coolant temperature warning can indicate a serious problem See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 4 17 If you get an engine coolant temperature warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic If you get the engine coolant temperature warning with no sign of
221. ing parts The vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to ACC ACCESSORY or LOCK OFF Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to let the cranking motor cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops agai
222. ing the Spare Tire 9 73 Tires cont Pressure Monitor Operation o on 9 51 Pressure Monitor System 9 49 Removing the Flat Tire 9 73 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools ieira 9 72 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools sssrinin 9 78 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 9 64 Tire Sidewall Labeling 9 40 Tire Terminology and Definitions 8 9 43 Uniform Tire Quality Grading seeeeeeeees 9 59 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance wees cscctceeencesccean 9 60 Wheel Replacement 9 61 When It Is Time for New Tires 0c0eeeee 9 56 Towing Recreational Vehicle 9 85 Towing a Trailer 9 85 Your Vehicle 0000s 9 84 Transmission Fluid Automatic 9 13 Transmission Operation Automatic cccc ee eee eee 8 6 TUNK So Set at entree ore E 2 10 Turn and Lane Change Signals 2 2 0 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeee eee 4 7 Turn Signal Multifunction LOVED oo cece cece cece eset eeeeas 4 4 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading sees scctve Mateestechains 9 59 Using this Manual 0 ii V Vehicle Control 0cceeeeeeeeee eens 8 14 Loading menines eon esa 8 28 Running While Parked 8 12 SYMDOIS ae arre roai iii Vehicle Data Recording and PHIVACY teen cestenepiniacueecened 12 16 Vehicle Identification Number VIN aaeeea 10 1 Service Parts Identification Label cisniecisens
223. into place 10 Push the bulb socket straight in and turn it clockwise to lock it into place 11 Make sure the seals are applied to the taillamp assembly and screws Vehicle Service and Care 12 Raise the spare tire cover 13 Turn the trunk lining securing pins clockwise to lock into place 14 Return the plastic trunk trim to its original location 15 Reinstall the plastic retaining pins Replacement Bulbs Number High Beam Headlamp Low Beam Headlamp Stoplamp Taillamp P21 5W Rear Turn Signal Lamp eee Back up Lamp P21W For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer retailer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 1 30 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses in the fuse block An electrical overload will cause the lamps to turn off If this happens have your headlamp wiring checked right away Windshield
224. ion stays off Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window It only works when the ignition is in ON RUN H Rear Window Defogger Press to turn on or off An indicator comes on when the rear window defogger is on The rear window defogger turns off automatically if it is left on Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid Climate Controls 7 3 Passenger Compartment Air Filter The vehicle has a passenger compartment air filter that filters the outside air entering the vehicle The filter removes contaminants such as pollen and dust See your dealer retailer for more information 7 4 Climate Controls Automatic Climate Control System The heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system For vehicles with the remote start feature the climate control system will turn on with a remote start See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 6 D OFF Press to turn the climate control system off Press any button to turn the system on again While the climate control system is off the recirculation and rear window defogger can still be turned on Automatic Operation AUTO Au
225. ion Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions Radio Frequency Identification RFID RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire pressure monitoring and ignition system security as well as in connection with conveniences such as key fobs for remote door locking unlocking and starting and in vehicle transmitters for garage door openers RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record personal information or link with any other GM system containing personal information 12 17 12 18 Customer Information 4 NOTES A Accessories and Modifications 0000 9 3 Accessory Power Outlets 4 9 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 1 30 Additives Fuel 58 8 34 Add On Electrical Equipment 0e 9 32 Air Cleaner Filter Engine 9 11 Air Conditioning 7 1 7 4 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator oeaiei 4 14 Readiness Light 4 13 System Replacing Parts After a Crash 1 32 Airbag System s c e 1 19 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle a nn 1 30 CHECK sciciveetdievieerss ewes 1 31 How Does an Airbag Restrain naene 1 24 Airbag System cont Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle ccceee ee eee ee 1 30 What Makes an Airbag Inflate oo cece eee ee eee 1 24 What Will
226. ion switch must be turned to ON RUN and then back to LOCK OFF using the key before the remote start procedure can be used again Shutting the Engine Off After a Remote Start To manually shut off the engine after a remote start do any of the following e Press Q until the parking lamps turn off e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Insert the vehicle s key into the ignition switch and turn the switch to ON RUN and then back to LOCK OFF 2 7 Conditions in Which Remote Start Will Not Work The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if any of the following occur e The vehicle s key is in the ignition e The vehicle s hood or doors are not closed e The hazard warning flashers are on e There is an emission control system malfunction e The engine coolant temperature is too high e The oil pressure is low e Two remote vehicle starts have already been used The maximum number of remote starts or remote start attempts between ignition cycles with the key is two e The vehicle is not in PARK P 2 8 Keys Doors and Windows Doors and Locks Door Locks CAUTION Continued Z CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not lo
227. irbag s See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 26 If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 12 1 Because have a disability I have to get my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 12 1 Seats and Restraints 1 31 In addition your dealer retailer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring Airbag System Check The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement Make sure the airbag readiness light is working See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 13 for more information Notice f an airbag covering is damaged opened or broken the airbag may not work properly Do not open or break the airbag coverings If there are any opened or broken airbag covers have the airbag covering and or airbag module replaced For the location of the airbag modules see What Makes an Airbag Inflate on
228. iring Headlamps Bulb Replacement 9 29 Daytime Running Lamps 5 2 Exterior Lamps 04 5 1 Halogen Bulbs 9 29 Headlamps and Parking Lamps isdsecssios eit lessees 9 29 High Low Beam Changer 4 7 FIG ALS Rt saastarindetennehiaiuhecancs 7 1 7 4 Engine Coolant 0 8 5 Highbeam On Light 4 21 High Speed Operation Tires 9 48 Highway Hypnosis 8 24 Hill and Mountain Roads 8 24 Hood Release ceceeeeeeeeeee es 9 5 FIOM sasoiean ene 4 4 How to Wear Safety Belts PrOPOnly sessment 1 8 l Ignition Positions 0 8 2 Immobilizer 0eeeee ee 2 11 Immobilizer Operation 2 12 Infants and Young Children Restraints eienn 1 34 Inflation Tire Pressure 9 46 Inflator Kit Tire 045 9 64 Instrument Panel Brightn Ss 2 siicccigeciaausceceeys 5 3 Cluster ersinnen enn 4 11 OVEIWIEW oe cecscsevecdaceevevensse 4 2 J Jump Starting eee 9 80 K Keyless Entry System 2 3 ROY S ranoni ea ren 2 2 L Labeling Tire Sidewall 9 40 Lamps Dome 0 0cceceeeeeee eee eees 5 4 FRREAGING senaera 5 4 Lap Shoulder Belt 1 14 LATCH System Child Restraints Replacing Parts After a Crash Light Airbag Readiness Anti lock Brake System ABS Warning Brake System Warning Charging System Daytime Running Lamps
229. is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9 6 for reservoir location Vehicle Service and Care 9 23 Notice e When using concentrated Windshield Wiper Blade 4 Press the two clips at either side of the wiper blade then tilt the washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill the washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking To replace the windshield wiper blades 1 Turn the wiper switch to the off position 2 Turn the ignition to the LOCK OFF position 3 Raise the wiper arm away from the windshield wiper blade at 90 to the wiper arm and remove Replace the wiper blade by pressing in the clip and turning the blade toward the arm to reset the clip with the wiper arm Lower the wiper arm on to the windshield 9 24 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 4 br
230. it repaired Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working See Safety Belt Reminders on page 4 12 for more information Keep safety belts clean and dry See Care of Safety Belts on page 1 18 Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry Z CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Replacing Safety Belt System Parts After a Crash Z CAUTION A crash can damage the safety belt system in the vehicle A damaged safety belt system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure the safety belt systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible After a minor crash replacement of safety belts may not be necessary But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged See your dealer retailer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt system was not being used at the time of the crash Have
231. ith 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services Instruments and Controls OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling can also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes Press the phone button and give a 4 37 few simple voice commands to browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls The vehicle may have a Talk Mute button
232. ived the message but Z Safety will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced Service Charging System This message is displayed when there is a fault in the battery charging system see your dealer retailer You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but Low Batt will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced Yi Service Engine Oil This message is displayed when the engine oil needs to be changed When you change the engine oil be sure to reset the Oil Life System See Engine Oil Life System on page 9 10 for information on how to reset the message See Engine Oil on page 9 8 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 4 for more information Instruments and Controls dls Service Vehicle Soon This message is displayed when there is a problem with the vehicle see your dealer retailer You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but Service will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced lt Sport Shift This message is displayed when the automatic transmission is operating in sport shift mode See Automatic Transmission Operation on page 8 6 4 31 SS Stability Ctrl Control Assistance This message is displayed when the Electronic Stability Program ESP is actively helping the vehicle with road grip a
233. juries Be sure the belt goes under the armrests 1 12 Seats and Restraints Q What is wrong with this A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times Z CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest Q What is wrong with this ri SS do A The belt is behind the body Z CAUTION You can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap shoulder belt properly In a crash you would not be restrained by the shoulder belt Your body could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury You might also slide under the lap belt The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest Q What is wrong with this Seats and Restraints 1 13 Z CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact
234. l can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Continued Vehicle Service and Care CAUTION Continued The vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture the engine could get too hot but would not get the overheat warning The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice f an improper coolant mixture is used the engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer retailer check your cooling system Notice f you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 for more information Checking Coolant The coolant reservoir and dipstick is located in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9 6 for more information on location 1 Turn off the ignition 2 Turn the coolant dipstick cap one eighth of a turn counterclockwise and
235. l Speed Vol speed volume highlights 5 Press the MENU knob to enter the Speed Vol settings Infotainment 6 17 6 Turn the MENU knob to adjust the Speed Vol setting 7 Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting 8 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Dynamic Distortion Limiter DDL The DDL system limits the amount of audio distortion that can be heard The DDL system can only be adjusted while the radio is on When the distortion level reaches a preset limit the radio automatically reduces the volume until the distortion is reduced The DDL adjustment range is between OFF and CUR 3 To adjust the DDL setting on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press the volume knob to enter the Options Menu and the option for AUDIO highlights 2 Turn the volume knob until AUD SETUP highlights 6 18 Infotainment 3 Press the volume knob to enter the AUD SETUP menu 4 Turn the volume knob until DDL highlights 5 Press the volume knob to enter the DDL setting 6 Turn the volume knob to adjust the DDL setting 7 Press the volume knob to save and exit the setting 8 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu To adjust the DDL setting on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Audio Setup highlights 3 Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio Setup menu 4 Turn the ME
236. l seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more 2 This chime and light are repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the pretensioners the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 1 19 rh This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds The light should go out and the system is ready Instruments and Controls If the airbag readiness light and the Airbag Fault message on the Driver Information Center DIC stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away Z CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash
237. l the lever towards you The lamps remain on high beam as long as the lever is held 4 8 Instruments and Controls Windshield Wipers The windshield wiper washer lever is located on the right side of the steering column The ignition must be turned to the ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY position to use the windshield wipers Move the lever to the following positions WY Mist Hold the lever in this position for continuous wiping cycles Off Turns the wipers off Ke Intermittent For a delayed wiping cycle Turn the band forward or rearward for more frequent or less frequent wipes The frequency of wipes also depends on the vehicle speed As the vehicle speed increases so does the wiper rate 1 Low For steady wiping at low speed 2 High For steady wiping at high speed Never use the wipers on dry glass as this could damage the wiper blade inserts and scratch the glass Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If they become damaged get new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload the wipers A circuit breaker stops them until the motor cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield The spray continues until the lever is released The wipers will run a few tim
238. ld s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In Seats and Restraints addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs Z CAUTION Z CAUTION To reduce the risk of neck and head injury during a crash infants need complete support This is because an infant s neck is not fully developed and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing child restraint settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants should always be secured in rear facing child restraints A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body are
239. maller children and infants If a child will be riding in the vehicle see Older Children on page 1 32 or Infants and Young Children on page 1 34 Follow those rules for everyone s protection It is very important for all occupants to buckle up Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts First before you or your passenger s wear a safety belt there is important information you should know Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force on your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Seats and Restraints 1 9 Q What is wrong with this A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give as much protection this way Z CAUTION You can be seriously
240. mance we recommend the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies your vehicle s engine The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 10 1 Gasoline Octane If your vehicle has a V8 engine use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If your vehicle has the 3 6L V6 engine VIN Code 7 use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher For best performance or trailer towing you could choose to use middle grade 89 octane unleaded gasoline If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock Driving and Operating If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 48
241. mmercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet 9 93 Leather A soft cloth dampened with water can be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permanently change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on leather 9 94 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and co
242. mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts Three important considerations have to do with weight e The weight of the trailer e The weight of the trailer tongue e The total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 2 000 Ibs 907 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted form the maximum trailer weight Vehicle Service and Care You can ask your dealer retailer for our trailering information or advice or you can write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 12 4 for more information Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle W
243. n do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice The engine is designed to work with the electronics in the vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer retailer If you do not the engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Engine Coolant Heater The engine coolant heater if available can help in cold weather conditions at or below 0 F 18 C for easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Plug in the coolant heater at least four hours before starting your vehicle An internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above 0 F 18 C To Use The Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The electrical cord is located on the driver side of the engine compartment behind the air cleaner for V8 models The electrical cord is located on the passenger side of the engine compartment behind the engine compartment fuse block for V6 models Driving and Operating 8 5 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet
244. n front of the cupholders C until the two clips are released from the console 2 2 Gently lift the console trim panel from the rear until the four clips around the shift lever are released 3 Raise the panel A no more than 2 3 inches 50 75 mm to avoid disconnecting the wiring from the switches B 4 With the console trim panel raised remove the retainer E and the shift lock manual release cover plate D 5 Push and hold the manual release lever F toward the passenger side of the vehicle 6 Press the select button and move the transmission gear selector to the N Neutral position G 7 Release the lever F 8 After the vehicle has been moved align the shift lock manual release cover plate D and install the retainer E so the automatic transmission can operate properly 9 Place the trim panel A and the wires in their original position and gently press down around the outside until it clicks in place 10 Check the operation of the switches B before operating the vehicle The transmission selector locks if it is moved back to the P Park position Vehicle Service and Care Recreational Vehicle Towing Notice Dolly towing or dinghy towing your vehicle may cause damage because of reduced ground clearance Always put your vehicle on a flatbed truck The vehicle was neither designed nor intended to be towed with any of its wheels on the ground If the vehicle must be t
245. nameplates on your vehicle Check the cleaning product label If it states that it should not be used on plastic parts do not use it on your vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives as they can damage the paint metal or plastic on your vehicle Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer retailer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 9 99 Follow all manufacturers directions regarding correct product usage necessary safety precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product 9 96 Rinse the vehicle well before washing and after to remove all cleaning agents completely If they are allowed to dry on the surface they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Avoid using high pressure washes closer than 12 inches 30 cm to the surface of the vehicle Use of power washers exceeding 1 200 psi 8 274 can result in damage or removal of paint and decals Notice Conveyor systems on some automatic car washes could damage the vehicle There may not be enough clearance for the undercarriage Check with the car wash manager before using the automatic car wash Vehicle Service and Care Weatherstrips Silicone gre
246. nd buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm You can run the engine to keep warm but be careful Z CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to
247. nd stability ESP CTRL appears at the bottom of the display and remains illuminated as long as the ESP is actively helping with road grip and stability See Electronic Stability Program on page 8 16 amp Stability Ctrl Control Off This message is displayed when the ESP has been turned off See Electronic Stability Program on page 8 16 lf this message is displayed and you have not turned off the ESP it means there is a problem with the ESP see your dealer retailer 4 32 You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but ESP OFF will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced U Check XX Tire Pressure This message is displayed when the inflation pressure is low or very low in the indicated tire You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but LF Tire RF Tire LR Tire or RR Tire will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the tire pressure is at a normal level See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 9 49 for more information Instruments and Controls W Tire Pressure System Fault This message is displayed when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System You can press ZN or 4 to acknowledge that you received the message but W Tire Fault will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the tire pressure is at a normal level See Tire
248. nder controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Z WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment might need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road the tires and wheels might need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded
249. nditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 8 21 Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place 8 8 Sport Shift Mode The automatic transmission has a Sport Shift Mode When you are in the Sport Shift Mode the vehicle will still shift automatically The transmission may remain in a gear longer than it would in the normal driving mode based on braking throttle input and vehicle lateral acceleration To use this feature move the shift lever over from D Drive to the right quadrant The Sport Shift message in the DIC displays If the shift lever is not moved forward or rearward the vehicle remains in sport mode Performance Mode Lift Foot Mode Within Sport Shift Mode there is a further performance feature called Performance Mode Lift Foot PMLF Mode The feature is activated automatically when sports oriented driving is detected based on cornering and on off throttle Driving and Operating application PMLF allows the transmission to hold the current gear instead of upshifting when the throttle is lifted Driver Shift Control DSC Notice If you drive your vehicle at high RPMs without upshifting while using DSC you could damage the vehicle Always upshift when necessary
250. ndows Press the button again to turn the feature off Rear Power Windows The rear doors have their own switches V Press to open the window A Press to close the window Sun Visors Pull the visor toward you or move it to the side to help reduce glare 2 16 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror The vehicle has a manual rearview mirror with a compass display and OnStar control buttons located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer retailer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 4 36 for more information about the services OnStar provides Adjust the mirror to see clearly behind your vehicle Hold it in the center to move it up or down and side to side Headlamp Glare 1 To reduce headlamp glare from vehicles following from behind pull the lever toward you The rear view clarity is reduced when the mirror is set to reduce headlamp glare Keys Doors and Windows 2 Return the lever back to its original position as soon as the glare has disappeared to restore the rear view Cleaning the Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror Use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Compass Compass Display 4 On Off Press to turn the compass on or off The compass display can show a maximum of two characters For example NE is displayed for north east When the ignition and the compass featu
251. ng This is normal when towing heavier trailers Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing More passing distance is needed up ahead when you are towing a trailer And because the vehicle is longer it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane 9 89 Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move the hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you are turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance 9 90 Vehicle Service and Care Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer retailer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn
252. ng a child restraint in a rear seating position study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle Wherever a child restraint is installed be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it 1 40 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor Seats and Restraints In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint ma
253. nge Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the Vehicle Service and Care mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary The Service Engine Oil message will be displayed Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system might not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service people who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter bas
254. nroof FAD el e 4 e The sunroof control is located between the sun visors It works when the ignition is in ON RUN The sunroof will not operate after the engine is turned off From the closed position O turn the control clockwise to one of the six open positions The sunshade opens with the sunroof Tilt the sunroof by turning the control counter clockwise Obstruction Detection When the sunroof encounters an obstruction while closing it immediately returns to the fully open or tilt position The sunroof will not move again until the control is pressed upward or a different position is selected Storage Storage Glove BOX ceecee 3 1 Center Console Storage 3 1 Convenience Net 3 1 Storage Glove Box To open lift the handle up Use the key to lock and unlock Center Console Storage A storage area is provided under the front armrest To open lift the latch on the underside of the front edge and lift the cover There is a coin holder towards the front of the center console storage A rubber lining inside the storage area has slots to hold CDs Storage 3 1 Convenience Net A convenience net is provided inside the trunk to secure loose items Four hooks are provided on each side of the trunk The net has six loops to attach on the hooks To install the net attach each of the corner loops A B to the four hooks inside the trunk leaving the center loop C
255. nt Overview on page 9 6 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the MIN minimum mark add at least one quart liter of the recommended oil This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 10 2 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged EZ AJIA See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9 6 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE HOT WEATHER oF on 100 80 60 40 20 0 SAE 5W 30 COLD WEATHER DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED Vehicle Service and Care 9 9 Look for three things e GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard
256. nter cap by pushing it from the back Place the flat tire face up into the spare tire hub Turn the retainer nut clockwise to secure it into place Put the load floor back in place The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare with a full size tire as soon as possible Compact Spare Tire Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Vehicle Service and Care Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep
257. nufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B Top Tether Anchor c gt EZ A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint doe
258. ny interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Vehicle Service and Care Tire Pressure Monitor Operation The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the vehicle s tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS turns on the W low tire pressure warning light At the same time a message to check the pressure in a specific tire appears on the Driver Information Center DIC display The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure Using the DIC tire pressure levels can be viewed by 9 51 the driver For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Operation and Displays on page 4 23 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive This coul
259. o return to automatic operation Temperature Control Temperature Controls The temperature can be adjusted separately for the driver and the passenger Turn the temperature controls clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature The temperature can be set between 63 F 17 C and 176 F 30 C A setting between 72 F 22 C and 75 F 24 C is recommended The temperature settings for each side are shown in the display If the temperature control is past 86 F 30 C the display shows H hottest Turning it past 63 F 17 C shows C coolest The EXT TEMP Exterior Temperature can be displayed in Fahrenheit F or Celsius C See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 ZONE Press to set the climate control to single zone SZ mode or dual zone DZ mode SZ or DZ appears in the display when a mode is set Single Zone SZ Mode All zones are set to the same temperature The temperature is shown in the display Turn the ZONE control to set the temperature Dual Zone DZ Mode Allows different temperatures to be set for the driver and passenger sides or to link them When linked Climate Controls 7 5 the passenger side temperature uses the same temperature setting as the driver side Turn the AUTO control to set a different temperature for the passenger Press and hold the AUTO button for at least three seconds to link the passenger and driver side
260. o its recommended pressure Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa 7 Push the On Off switch A to the on position The kit will begin to inject sealant into the tire Sealant could leak from the puncture hole until the vehicle is driven and the hole has sealed 8 Check the air pressure gage G If there is not a pressure reading while the compressor is running check for leaks at the connection between the tire valve stem and the sealant air hose E 9 Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure found on the Tire and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 The pressure gage G will initially read high while the compressor injects the sealant into the tire Once the sealant injection is complete the pressure will quickly drop It will start to rise again as the tire inflates with air 10 Turn the compressor off by pushing the On Off button A to the I off position The pressure gage G reads slightly high while the compressor is on Turn the compressor off to get an accurate reading The compressor may be turned on and off until the correct pressure is reached Notice If the recommended pressure cannot be reached after approximately 15 minutes the vehicle should not be driven The tire is too severely damaged and the tire sealant and compressor kit cannot inflate the tire Remove the air compressor accessory plug from the accessory power ou
261. o keep Service and Maintenance your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You might drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you might drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You might use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you might drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You might need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your dealer retailer This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 8 33 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 11 4 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 11 6 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 11 7 for further information Z CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying
262. o turn the lamp on or off Door Press this button in and the lamps automatically turn on when a door is opened the vehicle is unlocked or the key is removed from the ignition The lamps dim to off after all the doors are closed They turn off immediately if the ignition is turned on and all the doors are closed The dome lamps turn on automatically only when it is dark Perimeter Lighting Press the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to turn the headlamps and back up lamps on for 60 seconds if it is dark enough outside The lamps only turn on if the exterior lamp control is left in the AUTO position Reading Lamps Front Reading Lamps A7 lt lt On Off Press to turn the lamps on or off Battery Run Down Protection This vehicle has a feature to help prevent the battery from being drained The trunk lamp and reading lamps automatically turn off 10 minutes after the key is turned to LOCK OFF The lamps are reactivated if any of the following occur e The ignition is turned on e The vehicle is unlocked e The trunk is opened e The reading lamps are turned on Infotainment Audio System s Audio System s 6 1 Setting the Clock 6 2 RadiO S 2 scncccossnesrsne consid 6 3 Using an MP3 ceeee 6 19 Theft Deterrent Feature 6 23 Audio Steering Wheel Controls ses ces 6 23 Radio Reception 6 24 Fixed Ma
263. of PARK P Flash remote lock If you select Flash remote lock you will be able to choose if the parking lamps will flash when you lock the doors with the RKE transmitter Beep remote lock If you select Beep remote lock you will be able to choose if the horn will sound when you lock the doors with the RKE transmitter Instruments and Controls Flash remote unlock If you select Flash remote unlock you will be able to choose if the parking lamps will flash when you unlock the doors with the RKE transmitter 2 Stage unlock If you select 2 stage unlock you will be able to choose if you want only the driver door to unlock with the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter Remote Start If you select Remote start you will be able to enable or disable the remote start feature See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 6 for more information Lighting This item will allow you to customize e Approach lighting e Egress lighting timer Approach lighting If you select Approach lighting you will be able to choose if you want the exterior lamps to turn on when you unlock the doors with the RKE transmitter Egress lighting timer If you select Egress lighting timer you will be able to choose if and for how long the exterior lamps should stay on when you lock the doors Trip Computer This item will allow you to customize e Underspeed Chime e Distance to go e Distance to go Default
264. old in Canada The DRL system makes the headlamps come on at a reduced brightness when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamps control is in AUTO e The light sensor determines it is daytime When the DRL are on the taillamps sidemarker instrument panel and other lamps will not be on The headlamps automatically switch from DRL to the regular headlamps depending on the darkness of the surroundings See Automatic headlamp system following To turn off the DRL lamps turn the exterior lamps control to O and then release For vehicles first sold in Canada the DRL lamps cannot be turned off Automatic Headlamp System When it is dark enough outside and the exterior lamps control is in the automatic position the headlamps and parking lamps will turn on and off automatically See Exterior Lamps Controls on page 5 1 If the headlamps or parking lamps are left on and the ignition is turned to LOCK OFF the lamps automatically turn off after 10 minutes The lamps remain off until the ignition is switched on or the lamps are turned on again using the exterior lamps control The vehicle has a light sensor located on top of the instrument panel Do not cover the sensor or the headlamps will come on when they are not needed The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel Fog Lamps For vehicles with this feature it
265. on key If the engine still does not start your vehicle needs service See your dealer retailer to service the theft deterrent system and have a new key made The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all vehicle keys are lost or no longer work see your dealer retailer A new key must be made prior to programming A maximum of four keys can be programmed for your vehicle The key is purchased as two sections the key blade and immobilizer section A and the remote keyless entry and remote start system section B Do not join the two key sections until programming is complete To program a new section A 1 Insert the original already programmed key into the ignition and start the engine If the engine does not start see your dealer retailer 2 Remove the key from the ignition 3 Insert and turn the new section A to ON RUN within five seconds of removing the original key 4 Turn the new section A to LOCK OFF Section A is now programmed To program a new section B 1 Turn the ignition to ON RUN with the new section A The vehicle must be in PARK P 2 Select Remote Key from the personalization menu 3 Select Program 4 Press and g on the new section B at the same time until you hear two beeps 5 Repeat Step 4 for all other keys including keys that require programming or ones previously programmed to the vehicle Any key no
266. on menu scroll to Exit and press You can also exit the customization menu by e Press ZN at any time to return to the trip fuel menu e Drive the vehicle at more than 6 mph 10 km h e Turn the ignition off Reset settings This item will reset all the customization options to the factory defaults Security This item will allow you to customize e Auto unlock e Auto lock e Flash remote Ick lock e Beep remote Ick lock 4 33 e Flash rem remote unlock e 2 Stage unlock e Remote Start Some of these work with your Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information Auto unlock If you select Auto unlock you will be able to choose when you want the doors to unlock automatically Off No automatic unlock of any doors Driver door key out The driver door will unlock when the key is removed Driver door in park The driver door will unlock when you put the shift lever into PARK P All doors at key out All doors will unlock when the key is removed 4 34 All doors in park All doors will unlock when you put the shift lever into PARK P Auto lock If you select Auto lock you will be able to choose when you want the doors to lock automatically At vehicle speed The doors will lock when the vehicle speed is at or above 8 mph 13 km h Out of Park The doors will lock when you move the shift lever out
267. on starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to ON RUN for normal driving A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened when the ignition is still in ACC ACCESSORY and the key is in the ignition Driving and Operating 8 3 Retained Accessory Power RAP These vehicle accessories may be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off e Audio System e Power Windows The power windows will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened The radio will work when the key is in ON RUN or ACC ACCESSORY Once the key is turned from ON RUN to LOCK OFF the radio will continue to work for 10 minutes or until the driver s door is opened 8 4 Driving and Operating Starting the Engine Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neutral The engine will not start in any other position To restart when you are already moving use N Neutral only Notice Do not try to shift to P Park if your vehicle is moving If you do you could damage the transmission Shift to P Park only when your vehicle is stopped 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all mov
268. one number displays If CAL displays in the compass window the compass might need calibration See Compass Calibration explained previously 2 17 Outside Power Mirror s With the ignition on move the selector switch located on the center console to the left or right to choose either the driver or passenger side mirror To adjust a mirror use the arrows located on the four way control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction The mirror moves right or left up or down Adjust each mirror to see the side of your vehicle and the area beside and behind your vehicle Keep the selector switch in the center position when not adjusting either outside mirror 2 18 Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle Push the mirror outward to return to its original position Outside Convex Mirror Z CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger side mirror is convex shaped A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat It also makes things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are Keys Doors and Windows Su
269. oning cannot be turned off in defrost mode If X is pressed the indicator light flashes three times and the air conditioning stays on For quick cool down on hot days select the following settings together 1 Press to turn on the air conditioning 2 Press lt to turn on the recirculation 3 Select the coolest temperature and highest fan speed 4 Open the windows briefly to let hot air escape and then close them 5 Once the vehicle s interior cools down turn off the recirculation and select X This maintains the best comfort level during extended driving The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so a small amount of water might drip under the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal The air conditioning should be turned on for at least five to ten minutes once every two weeks to lubricate the air conditioning seals even in the winter Recirculation lt amp Recirculation Press to change the air intake between recirculated air and outside air An indicator light comes on when the recirculation is on The recirculation mode recycles interior air and is not recommended for extended use If it is used for a long period of time the system automatically lets some fresh air into the vehicle for ventilation The recirculation mode cannot be turned on in defrost mode If lt 0 is pressed the indicator light flashes three times and recirculat
270. ontrol settings used with different keys When the unlock button is pressed the system remembers the key and sets the climate control system to the last settings used with that key See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 Passenger Compartment Air Filter The vehicle has a passenger compartment air filter that filters the outside air entering the vehicle The filter removes contaminants such as pollen and dust See your dealer retailer for more information Outlet Adjustment The air outlets have adjustable vanes to move up or down and left or right to change the direction of the airflow Use the thumbwheels located near the air outlets on the instrument panel to shut off the airflow Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into the vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively e Outside air is drawn into the vehicle unless recirculation mode is selected Driving and Operating Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In 8 2 Ignition Positions 8 2 Retained Accessory Power RAP 0s0s0e 8 3 Starting the Engine 8 4 Engine Coolant Heater 8
271. oolant level should be at or above the top mark on the coolant reservoir dipstick If it is not you may have a leak at the radiator pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere else in the cooling system Z CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running the engine without coolant is not covered by the warranty Vehicle Service and Care Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL can cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in the vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Cooling System Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could caus
272. or Accessory Plug Air Compressor Sealant Canister Sealant Air Hose Air only Hose Pressure Gage On Off Switch onmo Do a safety check before proceeding See f a Tire Goes Flat on page 9 62 To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant 1 Lift the lever and pull the air only hose E from the bottom of the kit 2 Remove the tire valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it counterclockwise 3 Push the air only hose E onto the tire valve stem and push the lever down to secure in place 4 Plug the air compressor accessory plug A into an accessory power outlet in the vehicle See Accessory Power Outlet s on page 4 9 for more information Z CAUTION Idling the engine in a closed in place or with the climate control system off can cause deadly carbon monoxide CO See Engine Exhaust on page 8 12 5 Start the vehicle The vehicle must be running while using the air compressor Z CAUTION Overinflation could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured Be sure to read the inflator instructions and inflate the tire to its recommended pressure Do not exceed 36 psi 248 kPa Vehicle Service and Care 9 69 Push the On Off switch G to the on position Check the pressure gage F If there is not a pressure reading while the compressor is running check for leaks at the connection between the
273. or about two seconds The turn signal lamps will briefly flash to confirm the vehicle has been started The parking lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running The vehicle s doors will be locked 3 After entering the vehicle during a remote start insert and turn the key to ON RUN to drive the vehicle After a remote start the engine will automatically shut off after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done or the vehicle s key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned to ON RUN Extending Engine Run Time To extend the engine run time by 10 minutes repeat Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is still running The engine run time can only be extended if it is the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven Remote start can be extended one time If the remote start procedure is used again before the first 10 minute time frame has ended the first 10 minutes will immediately expire and the second 10 minute time frame will start For example if the lock button and then the remote start buttons are pressed again after the vehicle has been running for five minutes 10 minutes are added allowing the engine to run for a total of 15 minutes A maximum of two remote starts or remote start attempts are allowed between ignition cycles Keys Doors and Windows After your vehicle s engine has been started two times using the remote start button the vehicle s ignit
274. or more information 4 35 Language This item will allow you to set the language for the display to English or French Remote Key programming Choose Program if the vehicle s remote keys require programming Follow the instructions on the DIC display to complete key programming All the vehicle s keys must be programmed at the same time If an existing key is not reprogrammed during the procedure it will no longer work Choose Instructions if information is required to complete programming procedure Choose Exit to return to the customization menu See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 2 4 for more information 4 36 OnStar System CHO OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If the airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If the keys are locked in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock the doors For roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you Instruments and Controls OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions OnStar service can be canceled at any time by contacting OnStar A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and
275. or top tether anchor locations Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint 1 Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when the vehicle is started See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 14 2 3 Put the child restraint on the seat Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary Seats and Restraints 1 49 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 1 50
276. ords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Vehicle Service and Care Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 Curb Weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo 9 43 DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 9 44 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always f
277. ors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Seats and Restraints 1 25 Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy on page 12 16 and Event Data Recorders on page 12 16 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer retailer for service 1 26 Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible in the rearview mirror when you start the vehicle United States Canada The word
278. otainment 3 Press the MENU knob to enter the Seek Sens setting 4 Turn the MENU knob and highlight either Local Distance or Auto 5 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Setting Preset Stations Up to 30 stations six FM1 six FM2 six AM six FM ASM and six AM ASM can be programmed 1 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 2 Tune to a station 3 For the radio with a single CD player press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons until the selected station displays and a beep sounds 4 For the radio with a six disc CD player press and hold one of the six softkeys until the selected preset number displays and a beep sounds 5 Repeat the steps to store the other presets 6 Repeat the steps for the other radio bands ASM Automatic Station Memory ASM searches and stores six FM and six AM stations with the strongest signal To use ASM 1 Press BAND to select FM or AM 2 Press ASM for at least two seconds until a beep sounds SEARCH displays on the radio followed by the number of stations found 3 The radio will automatically store the six strongest stations found as ASM presets Press the ASM button to alternate between the ASM radio stations and preset radio stations ASM displays on the radio when using the ASM presets ASM does not delete previously stored stations in FM1 FM2 or AM Setting the Tone Bass Treble The tone can be set
279. otective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust Care of the CD Player Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed label the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen The use of CD lens cleaners for CDs is not advised due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section CD Messages If the CD ejects or stops playing it could be for one of the following reasons e The vehicle is being driven on a very rough road The CD should play when the road becomes smoother e It is very hot The CD should play when the temperature returns to normal e The air is very humid Wait about an hour and try again e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The label is caught in the CD player e The format of the CD is not compatible See Using an MP3 on page 6 19 e There was a problem while recording the
280. ouching 3 Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in PARK P See Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission on page 8 10 The jump start positive A and These posts are used instead of a negative posts B are located in the direct connection to the battery engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle 9 82 Vehicle Service and Care Notice f you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 4 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF and switch off all lights and accessories in both vehicles except the hazard warning flashers if needed Z CAUTION Z CAUTION Z CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present
281. owed see Towing Your Vehicle earlier in this section Towing a Trailer Z CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes Continued 9 85 CAUTION Continued may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer retailer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy 9 86 Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That is the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components s
282. ownhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and the transmission in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your dealer retailer if service is required 11 11 Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect 11 12 Service and Maintenance Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer retailer sage Fluid Lubricant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 9 8 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Engine Coolant Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 9 13 f Hydraulic Brake Fluid Use only GM Part No U S 88958860 Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 88901244 Super DOT 4 brake fluid Engine Oil Windshi
283. page 1 24 See your dealer retailer for service 1 32 Seats and Restraints Replacing Airbag System Parts After a Crash Z CAUTION A crash can damage the airbag systems in your vehicle A damaged airbag system may not work properly and may not protect you and your passenger s in a crash resulting in serious injury or even death To help make sure your airbag systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See your dealer retailer for service If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving the airbag system may not work properly Have the vehicle serviced right away See Airbag Readiness Light on page 4 13 for more information Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts The manufacturer s instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster Use a booster seat with a lap shoulder belt until the child passes the below fit test e Sit all the way back on the seat Do the knees bend at the seat edge If yes continue If no return to the booster seat e Buckle the lap shoulder belt Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder If yes continue If no then r
284. pair It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Customer Information Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved ina collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to ensure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts a
285. r Brightness highlights 4 Turn the MENU knob to change the setting 5 Press the MENU knob to save the setting 6 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Speed Dependent Volume SDV The SDV system automatically adjusts the radio volume to compensate for driving noise The SDV system can only be adjusted while the radio is on As the speed of the vehicle increases or decreases the radio volume increases or decreases The SDV adjustment range for the radio with a single CD player is between OFF and CUR 6 and the adjustment range for the radio with a six disc CD player is between 0 and 5 To adjust the SDV setting on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press the volume knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the volume knob until AUD SETUP audio setup highlights 3 Press the volume knob to enter the AUD SETUP menu 4 Turn the volume knob until SD VOLUME speed dependent volume highlights 5 Press the volume knob to enter the SD VOLUME settings 6 Turn the volume knob to adjust the SD VOLUME setting 7 Press the volume knob to save and exit the setting 8 Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu To adjust the SDV setting on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Options Menu 2 Turn the MENU knob until Audio Setup highlights 3 Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio Setup menu 4 Turn the MENU knob unti
286. r manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 U S plus processing fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 U S plus processing fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle 12 15 ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds 12 16 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Your GM vehicle has a number of sophisticated computers that record information about the vehicle s performance and how it is driven For example your vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash and if so equipped to provide antilock braking to help th
287. r steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 The power steering fluid reservoir is located on the driver side toward the front of the engine compartment See Engine Compartment Overview on page 9 6 9 21 AAAA 3 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean V6 Engine 9 22 V8 Engine 4 Turn the cap counterclockwise and pull it straight up 5 When the engine is hot the level should be at the hot MAX level When the engine is cold the fluid level should be between MIN and MAX on the dipstick 6 Replace the cap Vehicle Service and Care Adding Power Steering Fluid To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals 1 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF 2 Top off with power steering fluid Do not overfill the reservoir 3 Push the cap straight down and turn clockwise to tighten Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank
288. raints There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 1 Pull the elastic cord out from the side of the seatback to remove the guide from its storage pocket 2 Place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top Z CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described previously in this section Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Push the guide into the pocket on the side of seatback Properly secure the guide loop before folding the seatback The comfort guide and vehicle can be damaged while closing a door if it is not properly secured in its storage location Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be se
289. re and Loading Information label See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 and Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 9 51 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 10 2 9 55 Z CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire V6 Engine on page 9 71 9 56 When It Is Time for New Tires Various factors such as maintenance temperatures driving speeds vehicle loading and road conditions influence when you need new tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when the tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining Vehicle Service and Care You need new tires if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire
290. re are on a character box displays for about two seconds After two seconds the mirror displays the direction the vehicle is facing Compass Calibration When on the compass automatically calibrates as the vehicle is driven If after two seconds the display does not show a compass direction N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Interference can be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item If CAL should ever display in the compass window the compass might need calibration Press and hold for several seconds to activate the compass calibration mode CAL displays in the compass window on the mirror The mirror can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display shows a direction Compass Variance The mirror is set to zone eight Adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if you live outside zone eight Under certain conditions such as during a long distance cross country trip it is necessary to adjust for compass variance If the variance is not adjusted the compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance 1 Find the current location and variance zone number on the following zone map Keys Doors and Windows 2 Press and hold until zone displays 3 Once zone displays press repeatedly until the correct z
291. re turned off See Fog Lamps on page 5 3 for more information Instruments and Controls Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 4 7 for more information Daytime Running Lamps DRL Indicator Light This light turns on whenever the Daytime Running Lamps are on See Daytime Running Lamps DRL on page 5 2 for more information 4 21 Door Ajar Light When the ignition is on this light will stay on until all doors are closed and completely latched If a door is not closed properly a chime sounds after the engine is started and the vehicle is not in PARK P 4 22 Oil Pressure Gage 1 2 5 a The gage shows the engine oil pressure It is located in the center of the instrument panel Z CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil Instruments and Controls Fuel Gage The fuel gage shows about how much fuel you have left when the ignition is on When the indicator nears empty the low fuel warning light will
292. re typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Customer Information Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility We recommend that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are si
293. rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys Seats and Restraints Z CAUTION CAUTION Continued A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag A child ina forward facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag no system is fail safe No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off Continued Secure rear facing child restraints in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If you secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat See Passenger Sensing System on page 1 26 for additional information If the child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 40 for how to install the child restraint using LATCH If you secure a child restraint using a safety belt and it uses a top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 40 f
294. restart while the vehicle is raised 4 Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be certain the vehicle will not move put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle 9 71 When you have a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks 9 72 Vehicle Service and Care Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Spare Tire The equipment you will need is located in the rear storage area 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 2 10 _ Pull the handle of the spare wheel cover strap straight up and secure to the trunk lid VE C L777 ONT 3 Turn the retainer nut counterclockwise and remove the spare tire 4 Place the spare tire next to the tire being changed 5 The jack and tools are stored below the spare tire Vehicle Service and Care 9 73 Tools Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 If your vehicle has wheel bolt e caps remove the caps Store the caps with the wheel cover 2 Use the fully extended wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts one half turn counterclockwise Do not remove them yet Jack Handle Nut Cap Tool Wheel Wrench Jack VOMW gt D a Turn the second retainer nut counterclockwise and remove the panel
295. riously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy Seats and Restraints 1 17 The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Safety Belt Extender If the safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 1 18 Seats and Restraints Safety Belt Check Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have
296. riving Driving with the park brake applied will cause a warning chime to sound and the Park Brake message to appear in the DIC The message will remain on until e the park brake is released e the vehicle comes to a stop If you are towing a trailer and you are parking on a hill see Towing a Trailer on page 9 85 8 10 Shifting Into Park Automatic Transmission Z CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P Park with the parking brake firmly set The vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure the vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 9 85 Driving and Operating Use this procedure to shift into P Park 1 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 8 9 for more information 2 Move the shift lever into P Park by holding in the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle 3 Turn the ignition key to LOCK OFF 4 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in P Park Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running Z CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave the veh
297. rn on If this occurs return to your dealer retailer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving Filling the Tank Z CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel The fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the driver side of the vehicle To open the fuel door the vehicle must be unlocked Push on the rear edge of the door to open When reinstalling the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks otherwise the Malfunction Indi
298. roblem is fixed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for more information Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected right away Instruments and Controls BRAKE United States Canada If your vehicle has anti lock brakes this light should come on when you turn the key to START If it does not come on have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on and Brake message comes on the Driver Information Center DIC while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Antilock Brake System ABS Warning Light on page 4 17 and Towing Your Vehicle on page 9 84 Z CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if
299. rogram using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 www dr bbb org goauto This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge Customer Information For further
300. roleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle 9 98 Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer retailer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s retailer s body and paint shop Vehicle Service and Care Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loos
301. rors Manual Rearview Mirror 2 16 Outside Convex Mirror 2 18 Outside Power Mirrors 2 17 MPS tect cedea ns tatecese times teca te 6 19 MyGMLink com noses 12 3 N Navigation System Privacy 12 17 New Vehicle Break In 8 2 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 11 13 Notices and Cautions O Off Road Recovery 0 8 20 Oil ENJING kon rresia na 9 8 Pressure Gage 0065 4 22 Oil Engine Oil Life System Older Children Restraints 1 32 Online Owner Center 12 3 OnStar Privacy eee 12 17 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 4 36 Outlet Adjustment 05 7 8 Outlets Accessory Power oac 4 9 Outside Convex Mirror 605 2 18 Power Mirrors 055 2 17 Owner Checks and Services ccccceeee ee ee ees 11 9 Owner Checks Service 9 5 Owners Canadian 58 ii P Paint Damage 655 9 98 Park Shifting Into eee 8 10 Shifting Out of a an 8 11 Park Brake ceeeeeeeee 8 9 Parking Over Things That Burn 8 11 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator oscene aanas 4 14 PASSING oarenien 8 21 Perchlorate Materials Requirements California 9 3 Perimeter Lighting 5 4 Power DOOr LOCKS ive iscadsessuetnercnaes 2 9 Electrical System 9 33 Retained Accessory RAP 8
302. s This system stores electronic settings for two different keys The settings are stored when a personal identity key is removed from the ignition and recalled when on the RKE transmitter is pressed For information on storing climate control settings radio settings and trip computer settings see Personal Identity Memories under Radio s on page 6 3 Ignition Keys under Climate Control System on page 7 1 and Trip Computer under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer retailer Bring any additional transmitters so they can also be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer retailer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Battery Replacement The RKE transmitter has a lithium battery which should last about three years Have the battery replaced if the Replace Battery in Remote Key message displays in the DIC or if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location See Replace Battery in Remote Key under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 The battery is not rechargeable See your dealer retailer to replace the battery 2 6 Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have this feature which allows
303. s maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night and C alternate ground transportation maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance 12 7 e Alternative Service Canada only There may be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance Your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures may be covered However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence 12 8 Customer Information Calling For Assistance For prompt and efficient assistance when calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your
304. s inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs The vehicle has seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags See Airbag System on page 1 19 Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal impacts near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts Seats and Restraints 1 23 A seat mounted side impact airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck A roof rail airbag is intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For seat mounted side impact and roof rail airbags deployment is determined by the location and severity of the side impact 1 24 Seats and Restraints What Makes an Airbag Inflate In a deployment event the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release o
305. s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them 9 40 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a en spare tire sidewall eC moams Sean s 4 Passenger P Metric Tire Example Vehicle Service and Care A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have t
306. s ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check If you are using remote start to start your vehicle from a distance if equipped you may not see the system check When the system check is complete Seats and Restraints either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 4 14 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger seat The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on the sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys Z CAUTION A
307. s a reminder All doors will lock except the open door If the driver door is open when is pressed all doors will lock except the driver door Pressing a may also arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 13 a Unlock Press to unlock the driver door or all doors depending on the personalization setting To customize remote unlocking see Two Stage Unlock under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 You can program the vehicle so the turn signal indicators flash when pressing A on the RKE transmitter For more information see Flash Remote Unlock under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 Pressing a may also disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 13 ga Remote Trunk Release Press and hold to open the trunk 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release one time to locate your vehicle The exterior lamps will flash and the horn will chirp Press and hold 2 for at least two seconds to sound the panic alarm The horn will sound and the turn signals will flash until amp is pressed again or the key is placed in the ignition and turned to ON RUN Q Remote Vehicle Start If the vehicle has this feature press Q to start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 6 for additional information Keys Doors and Windows 2 5 Personal Identity Key
308. s and Parking LAMPS Arei 9 29 Replacement Bulbs 9 32 Talam pS anen 9 31 Buying New Tires a a 9 56 C Calibration 0eeeeee es 2 16 California Fuel 004 8 33 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements 9 3 California Proposition 65 Waning vsincie des cevtntenttaedees 9 3 Canadian Owners n se ii Capacities and Specifications 5 10 2 Carbon Monoxide 2 10 8 12 8 25 Care Safety Belts 1 18 Cautions and Notices iii CD MP8 ccceeeeeee neces 6 19 Center Console Storage Area i e 3 1 Chains Tire ccecee eee 9 62 Charging System Light 4 15 Check Engine Light 4 18 Chemical Paint Spotting 9 98 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems 1 37 Infants and Young Children 22508 ioshesctesceeds 1 34 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 1 40 Older Children 1 32 Securing sssi 1 46 1 48 Where to Put the Restraint 0008 1 38 Cleaning EXt6riOn icstcsiscrsvcevesanse deaank 9 94 Interior oo cece eee ee eee cena ee 9 91 Underbody Maintenance 9 98 Climate Control System 7 1 Automatic ccceceeeee es 7 4 Outlet Adjustment 7 8 Clock Setting eee 6 2 Collision Damage Repair 12 10 Compact Spare Tire 9 79 COMP
309. s in the ignition and children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children A fixed blade key is also supplied for the glovebox See your dealer retailer if a new key is needed Notice f you ever lock your keys in the vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys Contact Roadside Assistance or OnStar if you are locked out of the vehicle See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12 6 or OnStar System on page 4 36 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System The Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Keys Doors and Windows 2 3 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility coul
310. s not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Rear Seat 2 Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Seats and Restraints 1 41 To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion 1 42 _ ae The top tether anchors are located on the rear seatback filler panel Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed Seats and Restraints Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System Z CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the child restrain
311. s provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling crash Winch out assistance is provided when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure e Jump Start A battery jump start is covered at no charge if the vehicle does not start e Trip Routing Service Canada only Upon request Roadside Assistance will send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip Please allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year e Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance Canada only In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from the original point of departure you may qualify for Customer Information trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meal
312. scs displays 2 The display the beeps and the load indicator light prompts when to remove each CD The eject function is canceled when e ACD has not been removed for 10 seconds e 7 LOAD is pressed e The radio is turned off Playing CDs RPT REPEAT When Repeat is selected tracks or discs can be repeated To use repeat with the radio with a single CD player press RPT to replay the current track continuously Press it again to cancel repeat To use repeat with the radio with a six disc CD player press the softkey below REPEAT to select between e REPEAT TRACK e REPEAT DISC RDM RANDOM When random is selected all tracks or discs are played in random order To use random with the radio with a single CD player press RDM to randomly play all tracks on the CD Press RDM again to cancel this function To use random with the radio with a six disc CD player press the softkey below RANDOM to select between e RANDOM TRACK e RANDOM DISC DISPLAY MODE The display modes for CD operation can be changed To adjust the display mode for the radio with a single CD player Press DISPLAY MODE to switch between Track Info Mode and CD Info Mode e Track Info Mode displays the track number and play time e CD Info Mode displays CD text information If no data is present No Text displays To adjust the display mode for the radio with a six disc CD player Press the softkey under Display
313. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 1 40 for top tether anchor locations Seats and Restraints Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say If you need to install more than one child restraint in the rear seat be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 1 38 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock 5 To tighten the belt push down on the c
314. settings are individually memorized by the key system and become unique to the particular key e Radio On or Off e Last used volume level e Last used source FM AM or CD e Radio station presets e Bass and treble settings e Speaker balance and fade settings e Additional features such as SDV settings Beeps DDL settings display priority settings and tuner seek sensitivity e Equalizer and boost settings if the radio has this feature e CD track and disc settings Radio memory presets that are stored for the first time are automatically stored for both personal identity keys If the presets are changed later by using a different personal identity key they become specific for that key only Independent Tone Memories The radio is equipped with Independent Tone Memories Bass and Treble settings are stored independently for FM AM and CD After all independent tone memories have been stored for the first ignition key different settings can be stored for the second ignition key using the same procedure Infotainment 6 19 Using an MP3 MP3 CD R CD RW Disc MP3 Format Only the radio with a six disc CD player can play MP3 CD s The MP3 player is able to read and play a maximum of e 50 folders e 11 folders in depth e 50 playlists e 10 sessions e 255 files e All items over the maximum are ignored 6 20 Infotainment To record an MP3 disc e Record the MP3 files onto a
315. shers A Hazard Warning Flasher Press this button located on the instrument panel to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off This warns others that you are having trouble Press A again to turn the flashers off Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel A tilt and telescope wheel lets the steering wheel position be adjusted The adjustment lever is located on the left side of the steering column Pull the lever down to move the steering wheel up or down and in or out Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place Do not adjust the tilt and telescope lever while driving Turn Signal Multifunction Lever The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following Cruise Control If Equipped Turn and Lane Change Signals Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Information for these features is on the pages following Cruise Control For vehicles with cruise control the lever is located on the left side of the steering wheel The cruise control maintains the vehicle s speed without having your foot on the accelerator pedal The cruise control only works at speeds above 21 mph 33 km h V6 engines or above 24 mph 38 km h V8 engines Instruments and Controls 4 5 Z CAUTION Setting Cruise Control Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a s
316. smission exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and can cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems Instruments and Controls could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 9 3 This light comes on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and could damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service might be required The following can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reduce vehicle speed e Avoid hard accelerations e Avoid steep uphill grades e f you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible 4 19 If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park the vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer retailer for service as soon as possible Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service mi
317. sonable time and distance parameters of the dealer s area 12 9 Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used instead of the dealer s shuttle service the expense must be supported by original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts See your dealer for information regarding the allowance amounts for reimbursement of fuel or other transportation costs 12 10 Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the re
318. ssages display the status of the cruise control system See Cruise Control on page 4 5 for more information Engine Immobilized Refer to Owners Manual This message is displayed when the engine has been shutdown due to the theft deterrent system See Immobilizer Operation on page 2 12 for more information You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but f Eng Immo will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced 4 29 E Engine Temp Temperature Hot This message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is excessively hot Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so See Engine Overheating on page 9 16 You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but Temp Hot will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the vehicle has been serviced D Low Fuel This message is displayed when the fuel level is low You can press ZN or lt to acknowledge that you received the message but Low Fuel will continue to appear in the bottom of the DIC display until the fuel tank has been filled above the low fuel level 4 30 OM OverSpeed This message is displayed when the vehicle s speed is greater than the set OverSpeed value See OverSpeed under DIC Operation and Displays on page 4 23 You can press or move the thumbwheel up A or down F to acknowledge that you received the m
319. st Antenna 6 24 Audio System s Determine which radio the vehicle has and become familiar with its features Z CAUTION This system provides you with far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Infotainment 6 1 Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving See Defensive Driving on page 8 13 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them 6 2 Infotainment Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipmen
320. start playback of a CD already in the drive if it was not the last audio source CD Il Press to pause and resume playback of the CD Press to start playback of a CD already in the player if it was not the last audio source il Pause Press to pause and resume playback of the CD Fast Reverse Press and hold to quickly move backward within the current track gt gt Fast Forward Press and hold to quickly move forward within the current track isc Previous Press to select the previous disc for playback D gt DISC Next Press to select the next disc for playback AUX Auxiliary Press to stop CD playback and use the AUX input Playing an MP3 Disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 6 19 Care of CDs Sound quality can be reduced because of CD quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD has been handled If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge e Handle CDs carefully e Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface e Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge e Store CDs in their original cases or other pr
321. steam try this for a minute or so 1 If your air conditioner is on turn it off 2 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in N Neutral while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to P Park or N Neutral and let the engine idle 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Vehicle Service and Care 9 17 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood this is what you see V6 Engine A Coolant Reservoir and Dipstick B Radiator Pressure Cap 9 18 Vehicle Service and Care V8 Engine A Coolant Reservoir and Dipstick B Radiator Pressure Cap Z CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan The c
322. steep downhill slope Z CAUTION Coasting downhill in N Neutral or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down and they could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear when going downhill e Stay in your own lane Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane e Top of hills Be alert something could be in your lane stalled car accident e Pay attention to special road signs falling rocks area winding roads long grades passing or no passing zones and take appropriate action Driving and Operating 8 25 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You might want to put winter emergency supplies in your vehicle Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Also see Tires on page 9 39 8 26 Driving on
323. stic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that might have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or might begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent getting a vehicle registration Here are some things to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection e Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly e Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced the battery or if the battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This can take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer retailer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Security Light i For information regarding this light and the vehicle s security system see Content Theft Deterrent on page 2 13 Fog Lamp Light 0 The fog lamp light will come on when the fog lamps are in use The light will go out when the fog lamps a
324. sting conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible Driving and Operating 8 21 The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid the wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance is longer and vehicle control more limited 8 22 While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You might not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slo
325. surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer retailer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass You can also obtain a product from your dealer retailer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide
326. t may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP and the audio system can be played after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 8 3 for more information Setting the Clock Radio with Single CD Player The time and date can be adjusted when the radio is either on or off press to display the date To adjust the time and date 1 Press and hold until the display shows the Set Clock screen and the hour display flashes 2 Turn the volume knob to adjust the hour 3 Press the volume knob and the minute display will flash to adjust the minutes 4 Turn the volume knob to adjust the minutes 5 Repeat these steps to adjust the month date and year 6 Press to save the settings If no adjustments are made for eight seconds the radio will automatically save the settings Radio with Six Disc CD Player The time and date can be adjusted when the radio is either on or off press to display the date To adjust the time and date 1 Press and hold for more than two seconds to display the Options menu 2 Turn the MENU knob to highlight Hour Minute Date Month and Year 3 Highlight Hour and Press the MENU knob 4 Turn the MENU knob to adjust th
327. t service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer retailer has trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine parts and reset the system Service and Maintenance If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 9 10 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system When the Service Engine Oil message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often Maintenance I Use Maintenance I if the Service Engine Oil message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was p
328. t reprogrammed will be erased Keys Doors and Windows 6 Turn the ignition to LOCK OFF 7 Join sections A and B until they click Do not join the two key sections until programming is complete Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft deterrent system in the vehicle Content Theft Deterrent Your vehicle has a content theft deterrent alarm system Arming the System To arm the system either e Press on the RKE transmitter e Or lock the vehicle using the key in the driver s door The alarm will automatically arm after about 30 seconds The security light located on the instrument panel will flash 2 13 Press on the RKE transmitter to open the trunk without setting off the alarm The system will rearm when the trunk is closed Disarming the System To disarm the system do one of the following e Press i on the RKE transmitter e Turn the ignition to ON RUN e Allow the alarm to time out after about 30 seconds and reset itself The alarm will automatically disarm If the system is armed and any door is unlocked without pressing a on the RKE transmitter the alarm will sound 2 14 How to Detect a Tamper Condition fB is pressed and the horn sounds an attempted break in has occurred while the system was armed If the alarm has been activated the Alarm Activated message appears followed by a message showing what location set off the alarm
329. t to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible If a tire goes flat and your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Changing a Flat Tire V6 Engine on page 9 71 This information shows you how to use the vehicle s tire changing equipment and how to change a flat tire safely Vehicle Service and Care Z CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit If your vehicle has a factory installed Tire Sealant and
330. t will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Install a LATCH type child restraint properly using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual Seats and Restraints Z CAUTION Z CAUTION Do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash attach only one child restraint per anchor Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Notice Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle s safety belts This may damage these parts If necessary move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments 1 43 Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled This could damage the safety belt or th
331. tailer before departing Things to check on your own include e Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir full Windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades In good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids All levels checked e Lamps Do they all work and are lenses clean e Tires Are treads good Are tires inflated to recommended pressure e Weather and Maps Safe to travel Have up to date maps Driving and Operating Highway Hypnosis Always be alert and pay attention to your surroundings while driving If you become tired or sleepy find a safe place to park your vehicle and rest Other driving tips include e Keep the vehicle well ventilated e Keep interior temperature cool e Keep your eyes moving scan the road ahead and to the sides e Check the rearview mirror and vehicle instruments often Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain Tips for driving in these conditions include e Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape e Check all fluid levels and brakes tires cooling system and transmission e Going down steep or long hills shift to a lower gear Z CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a
332. teady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Z CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control 1 Press the 423 button at the end of the cruise control lever The CRUISE ON light comes on in the instrument panel cluster See nstrument Panel Cluster on page 4 11 2 Get up to the desired speed 4 6 Instruments and Controls 3 Turn the band down to SET and then release it The CRUISE ACTIVE light comes on in the instrument panel cluster 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal If the vehicle is in cruise control and the Electronic Stability Program ESP becomes active the cruise control automatically disengages See Electronic Stability Program on page 8 16 When road conditions allow the cruise control can be used again Resuming a Set Speed If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied or the button is pressed once the cruise control shuts off Once the vehicle speed is 2
333. temperatures Linking automatically occurs if the passenger and driver sides are set to the same temperature when the ignition is turned on Air Delivery Mode Control 4 Mode Press to change the current airflow mode The current mode selection appears in the display screen Changing the mode cancels the automatic operation and the system goes into semi automatic operation Press AUTO to return to automatic operation 7 6 Climate Controls Select from the following modes X Vent Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets 4 Bi Level Air is divided between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets Floor Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the outer instrument panel windshield and side window outlets W Defog Air is directed to the windshield floor and side window outlets Use this mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers 7 Defrost Press to turn the defrost on or off The 7 indicator appears in the display A portion of the air is directed to the windshield with some air directed to the side window vents When defrost is selected the air conditioning turns on automatically to improve defrosting performance In this mode the air conditioning cannot be turned off and the recirculation mode cannot be turned on Air Conditioning
334. that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR in order to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling feature On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information 4 38 How OnStar Service Works The OnStar system can record and transmit vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center when the OnStar button is pressed the emergency button is pressed or if the airbags or AACN system deploy The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that the vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which the vehicle was hit When the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling is used the vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide services where you are located OnStar service cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for Instruments and Controls that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and te
335. that explains what to do Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous Instruments and Controls 4 11 Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going how much fuel you have and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically 4 12 Speedometer The speedometer can display your speed in both miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h You can select between MPH and km h using the UNITS display in the DIC See DIC Operation and Displays on page 4 23 for more information Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute Instruments and Controls Safety Belt Reminders Safety Belt Reminder Light When the engine is started a chime will come on for several seconds to remind people to fasten their safety belts unless the driver s safety belt is already buckled The safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more This chime and light is repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the drivers belt is already buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light If your vehicle has this light several seconds after the engine is started a chime will sound for severa
336. the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare 9 79 9 80 Jump Starting If your battery has run down try to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely Z CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you Vehicle Service and Care Notice gnoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle Vehicle Service and Care 9 81 The positive jump start connection is covered by a red cap Remove to expose the terminal 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Position the two vehicles so that they are not t
337. the MENU knob to enter the Balance or Fader settings Turn the MENU knob to adjust the Balance or Fader setting Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting Select the Back option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu EQ Equalizer Radios with the equalizer feature have five preprogrammed equalizer curves Press the EQ button to select between Rock Classical Pop Vocal Jazz and Off To adjust the Equalizer setting on the radio with a six disc CD player using the menu 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Option Menu Audio is highlighted 2 Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio menu 3 Turn the MENU knob until Equalizer highlights 4 Press the MENU knob to enter the Equalizer settings 5 Turn the MENU knob to adjust the Equalizer setting 6 Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting 7 Select the Back option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Eq Boost can be changed from 2 to 2 on the radio with a six disc CD player only To adjust the amount of boost for each EQ setting on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Option Menu Audio is highlighted 2 Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio menu 3 Turn the MENU knob until Eq Boost highlights 4 Press the MENU knob to enter the Eq Boost settings 5 Turn the MENU knob to adjust the Eq Boost setting 6 Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting 7 S
338. the current value 3 Press and hold for more than 3 seconds to set the value to the nearest 5 MPH or km h above the current vehicle s speed Programming the OverSpeed Presets While the vehicle s speed is 6 MPH 10 km h or below each of the presets can be altered and values can be stored for future use To reprogram the OverSpeed presets 1 Use the thumbwheel to select the desired preset and press 2 Move the thumbwheel up Aor down W to adjust the value in 1km h increments 3 Press to confirm the setting Adjusting the Setting During an OverSpeed Warning While the OverSpeed warning is displayed move the thumbwheel up A or down F to adjust the value when in Manual mode or to select a different preset when in Preset mode Press and hold for more than 3 seconds to set the value to the nearest 5 MPH or km h above the current vehicle s speed If Preset mode was selected this will change it to Manual mode Underspeed Chime If an OverSpeed warning appeared and the vehicle s speed drops below the set value you will hear a chime The underspeed chime can be turned on or off through the vehicle customization See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 for more information DIC Warnings and Messages Messages are displayed on the DIC to notify the driver that the status of the vehicle has changed and that some action may be needed by the driver to correct the condition Multiple
339. the normal display The units for the EXT TEMP can be displayed in F or C See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 Sensors The climate control system uses three different sensors to maintain the desired temperature The solar sensor is located on the instrument panel near the windshield The interior temperature sensor is located on the instrument panel near the steering wheel and the outside temperature sensor is in front of the radiator 7 8 Climate Controls By monitoring the solar radiation the air inside the vehicle and air moving across the outside sensor the selected temperature can be maintained while using the AUTO mode by adjusting the temperature fan speed and air delivery system The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun The recirculation mode will also be activated as necessary Do not cover the sensors or the automatic climate control system will not work properly Remote Start Climate Control Operation For vehicles with the remote start feature and it is activated the climate control system will automatically set the temperature to 73 F 23 C When the ignition is turned to ON RUN the climate control system heats and cools the inside of the vehicle using the modes that were set before the vehicle was turned off Personal Identity Keys For vehicles with the Personal Identity Key Locking System the system remembers the last climate c
340. the warnings and messages see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the left side of the steering wheel The DIC displays trip fuel vehicle system information and warning messages if a system problem is detected DIC Buttons ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to go through the displays and the select the information 4 23 AV Thumbwheel Use the thumbwheel to scroll through the available options ENTER to Reset Select Press the thumbwheel to set or reset certain functions and to turn off or acknowledge messages on the DIC Trip Fuel Menu Items Press ZN to scroll through the following menu items e Speedometer e UNITS e Tire Pressure e Customize Options e Odometer Trip Odometer e Distance Time To Go e Range e Avg Average Speed Avg Average Fuel e OverSpeed 4 24 Speedometer Press ZN until the speedometer is displayed The speedometer shows how fast the vehicle is moving in either miles per hour MPH or kilometers per hour km h To switch between English and metric measurements see UNITS later in this section The digital speedometer display can be enabled or disabled See Digital Speedometer under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 4 32 for more information UNITS Move the thumbwheel up A or down Y to highlight English or Metric
341. tlet and unscrew the sealant air hose from the tire valve or tire pressure monitoring sensor valve See Roadside Assistance Program on page 12 6 The tire is not sealed and will continue to leak air until the vehicle is driven and the sealant is distributed in the tire Steps 11 through 19 must be done right after Step 10 Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit as they could be hot after usage 9 67 Vehicle Service and Care 11 12 13 14 15 Unplug the air compressor accessory plug B from the accessory power outlet in the vehicle Turn the sealant air hose E counterclockwise to remove Replace the tire valve stem cap Stow the sealant air hose E and air compressor accessory plug B in their original locations If the flat tire was able to be inflated to the recommended inflation pressure remove the maximum speed label from the sealant canister and place it in a highly visible location The maximum speed label reminds you to drive cautiously and not to exceed 55 mph 90 km h until you have the damaged tire inspected and repaired Z CAUTION Storing the tire sealant and compressor kit or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location 16 Return the equipment
342. to cycle through the temperature settings and to turn the heat off Rear Seats Rear Seat Operation The center seatback folds forward to allow access to the trunk Press the button at the top of the seatback to release it then fold it forward Lift the seatback to return it to the sitting position Move the safety belt out of the way and push the seatback until it is locked in place Seats and Restraints 1 5 Safety Belts This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly It also describes some things not to do with safety belts Z CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly If you are ina crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle harder or be ejected from it and be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passenger s are restrained properly too 1 6 Seats and Restraints Z CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle Ina collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly
343. to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your dealer retailer to have a qualified technician do the work See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 9 4 Service and Maintenance Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your dealer retailer do these jobs When you go to your dealer retailer for your service needs you will know that trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 12 15 Owner Checks and Services on page 11 9 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition 11 3 The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12 and Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11 13 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine parts from your dealer retailer 11 4 Scheduled Maintenance When the Service Engine Oil message comes on it means tha
344. tomatic When this button is pressed the system automatically controls the inside temperature the air delivery mode the air conditioning compressor and the fan speed When AUTO appears in the display the system is in full automatic operation If any of the controls are manually adjusted the AUTO indicator turns off in the display 1 Press the AUTO button if the AUTO indicator does not appear on the display 2 Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting between 72 F 22 C and 75 F 24 C Choosing the coldest or warmest temperature setting will not cause the system to heat or cool any faster 3 Let the system stabilize for a few minutes 4 Adjust the air outlets or temperature In cold weather the system starts in the recirculation mode with the fan off As the engine warms up warm air is directed to the floor outlets before automatically changing to bi level mode with a reduced fan speed Do not cover the solar sensor located in the center of the instrument panel near the windshield For more information on the solar sensor see Sensors later in this section Manual Operation Fan Control Fan Press or to increase or decrease the fan speed The fan speed and indicator appears in the display The climate control system sets the fan speed automatically When the fan speed is adjusted the system goes into semi automatic operation Press the AUTO button t
345. tor System The light flashes for about a minute and stays on solid for the remainder of the ignition cycle This sequence will repeat with every ignition cycle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 9 49 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 9 51 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light A computer system called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems It makes sure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment KI This light comes on briefly as a check to show it is working when the ignition is turned to ON RUN If the light does not come on see your dealer retailer If the light stays on it indicates that there is an OBD II problem and service is required Malfunctions often are indicated by the system before any problem is apparent Heeding the light can prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system assists your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice f you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after a while the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine tran
346. tour Circuit on the radio with a six disc CD player 1 Press the MENU knob to enter the Option Menu Audio is highlighted 2 Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio menu 3 Turn the MENU knob until Loudness highlights 4 Press the MENU knob to enter the Loudness settings 5 Turn the MENU knob to turn the Loudness setting On or Off Infotainment 6 7 6 Press the MENU knob to save and exit the setting 7 Select the Back option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade e Balance can be adjusted from L6 left to R6 right e Fade can be adjusted from F6 front to R6 rear To adjust the balance and fade on the radio with a single CD player 1 Press the volume knob to enter the Option Menu AUDIO is highlighted 2 Press the volume knob to enter the AUDIO Menu 3 Turn the volume knob until BALANCE or FADE highlights 4 Press the volume knob to enter the BALANCE or FADE settings 6 8 Infotainment Turn the volume knob to adjust the BALANCE or FADE setting Press the volume knob to save and exit the setting Select the BACK option or wait eight seconds to exit the menu To adjust the balance and fade on the radio with a six disc CD player A Press the MENU knob to enter the Option Menu Audio is highlighted Press the MENU knob to enter the Audio menu Turn the MENU knob until Balance or Fader highlights Press
347. ts from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 10 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only 4 10 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This section describes the warning lights and gages on the vehicle Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could prevent injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working Instruments and Controls Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of the vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to indicate a problem with the vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section
348. u ever have to turn the pressure cap Z CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the radiator pressure cap even a little they can Continued 3 Cover the cap with a thick cloth and turn it slowly counterclockwise and remove 4 If there is no coolant or the level is low slowly fill the system through the radiator pressure cap opening with a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and a DEX COOL coolant until full Wait 30 seconds for coolant to settle and top off if the level drops Do not spill coolant on the accessory drive belts If a spill occurs rinse the belt with fresh water Start the engine With the engine idling top off the coolant through the radiator pressure cap opening until full Wait 30 seconds for the coolant to settle and top off if the level drops Once the system is full put the radiator pressure cap back on by turning clockwise Turn off the ignition Check the coolant level in the reservoir and fill it until the level is at the top of the dipstick Vehicle Service and Care Power Steering Fluid Power Steering Fluid Level Power steering fluid is used in all vehicles Check the level after the vehicle has been driven for at least twenty minutes so the fluid is warm How to Check Power Steering Fluid To check the powe
349. uch as the engine transmission wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat Also the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Vehicle Service and Care If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Use the Sport Shift mode and the cruise control when towing The Active Select A S may also be used under light load conditions e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55
350. ur vehicle to attempt to free it It may also be necessary to turn off the system when driving in extreme off road conditions where high wheel spin is required See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 8 27 8 17 The ESP button is located in front of the transmission gear selector lever ee To turn the system off or on press and release the ESP button The DIC will briefly display the appropriate message and then return to the trip computer display 8 18 A ee When this light and the STABILITY CTRL OFF message is on briefly and the ESP OFF message is displayed at the bottom of the DIC the system will not limit wheel spin If the ESP OFF message is always displayed at the bottom of the DIC when the button is pressed to turn the system on or off the system needs repair Contact your dealer retailer A The system is on when this light and the STABILITY CTRL ON message is displayed briefly on the DIC Driving and Operating ESP Operation ESP limits wheel spin by reducing engine power to the wheels and by applying brakes to each individual wheel as necessary The ESP system is enabled automatically when you start your vehicle and it will activate the STABILITY CONTROL ASSISTANCE light and the ESP CTRL message on the DIC if it senses that any of the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction while driving Notice f you allow the wheel s of one axl
351. urchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the Service Engine Oil message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Service and Maintenance 11 5 Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 9 8 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 9 10 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j gt Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 9 11 See footnote k Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 9 54 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 11 9 Inspect brake system See footnote a a o e Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Inspect suspension and steering components See footnote 0 spect engine cooing system Seeron o CO D spect wiper blades See footnote TO D o Inspect restraint system components See oroe G D D Lubricate body components See toome 9 TO T F Replace passenger compartment arfiter See foomote 11 6 Service an
352. ure for the vehicle load Vehicles with P245 45R18 96V 245 45R18 96V or 245 40R19 94W size tires require inflation pressure adjustment when driving the vehicle at speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher Use the following chart to determine the cold tire inflation pressure when operating the vehicle under high speed conditions Vehicle Service and Care 9 49 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Occupant and Cargo Weight 573 Ibs 260 kg or Less Tire Size Occupant and Cargo Weight Up to 917 Ibs 416 kg Vehicle Capacity Weight P245 45R18 96V 35 psi 240 kPa 245 45R18 96V 36 psi 250 kPa 245 40R19 94W 36 psi 250 kPa When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold tire inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading the Vehicle on page 8 28 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 9 46 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation 35 psi 240 kPa 39 psi 270 kPa 44 psi 300 kPa 36 psi 250 kPa 39 psi 270 kP
353. ushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice f you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by Vehicle Service and Care your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Windshield and Wiper Blades Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner Clean the rubber blades using a lint free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades Bugs road grime sap and a buildup of vehicle wash wax treatments may cause wiper streaking Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged 9 97 Wipers can be damaged by e Extreme dusty conditions e Sand and salt e Heat and sun e Snow and ice without proper removal Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using pet
354. vehicle press the m button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter From inside the vehicle press the ga button located in the glove box The trunk can only be opened while the vehicle is in PARK P and when the doors are unlocked Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is an emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk on the trunk latch Access the release handle by folding the rear seat center seatback See Rear Seat Operation on page 1 5 Pull the release handle to open the trunk from the inside The release can also be pulled from inside the trunk Keys Doors and Windows Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities This vehicle has theft deterrent features however they do not make it impossible to steal Immobilizer This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 2 11 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canad
355. w down when you have any doubt Remember Any Antilock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid Driving and Operating Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving because some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Night driving tips include e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Reduce headlamp glare by adjusting the inside rearview mirror e Slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles because headlamps can only light up so much road ahead e Watch for animals e When tired pull off the road e Do not wear sunglasses e Avoid staring directly into approaching headlamps e Keep the windshield and all glass on your vehicle clean inside and out e Keep your eyes moving especially during turns or curves No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver might need at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep standing or flowing water Z CAUTION Wet brakes can cause crashes They might not work as well in a quick stop and
356. w vehicle speeds R Reverse can also be used to rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging the transmission See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 8 27 for additional information N Neutral In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when the vehicle is already moving use N Neutral only Z CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of P Park or N Neutral with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle Driving and Operating 8 7 D Drive This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy from the vehicle If more power is needed for passing and the vehicle is e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transmission will shift down to a lower gear and have more power Downshifting the transmission in slippery road co
357. wheels This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates if it senses that the rear wheels are spinning too much are beginning to lose traction or if it senses that the vehicle is not moving in its intended direction It turns on automatically every time the vehicle is started A ee When ESP is working this light and the STABILITY CONTROL ASSISTANCE message will come on and the ESP CTRL message will be displayed at the bottom of the DIC The STABILITY CONTROL ASSISTANCE message will remain on while the system is working until the ZN button is pressed to display the trip computer The ESP CTRL message stays on at the bottom of the DIC while the system is working You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal A ee When this light and the STABILITY CTRL OFF message is on and the ESP OFF message is displayed the system will not limit wheel spin Driving and Operating Adjust your driving accordingly See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 4 27 for more information ESP is automatically enabled whenever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system enabled You can turn ESP off if you ever need to It is recommended to leave the system on for normal driving conditions but it may be necessary to turn the system off if your vehicle is stuck in sand mud ice or snow and you want to rock yo
358. wrong your rig could start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here is how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but do not shift into P Park yet 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and then shift to P Park 5 Release the regular brakes When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e Start your engine e Shift into a gear e Release the parking brake 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you re pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid don t overfill engine oil drive Vehicle Service and Care belt cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to s
359. xit browse mode Finding a track in a different folder 1 Press the softkey below BROWSE MODE The files in the active folder display and the active track is highlighted 2 Turn the MENU knob to highlight Folder Listing 3 Press the MENU knob to list all the folders on the CD 4 Turn the MENU knob to highlight the desired folder 5 Press the MENU knob to list the tracks in the highlighted folder 6 Turn the MENU knob to highlight the desired track 7 Press the MENU knob to play the highlighted track 8 Press the softkey below EXIT to exit browse mode Finding a playlist 1 Press the softkey below BROWSE MODE The files in the active folder display and the active track is highlighted 2 Turn the MENU knob to highlight Playlists 3 Press the MENU knob to list all the playlists on the CD 4 Turn the MENU knob to highlight the desired playlist 5 Press the MENU knob to play the highlighted playlist 6 Press the softkey below EXIT to exit browse mode DISC PP Next Folder Press and hold for more than two seconds to go to the next folder DISC 4 Previous Folder Press and hold for more than two seconds to go to the previous folder 6 23 Infotainment bbl Forward Press to go to the next track or press PPI multiple times until the desired track is reached ke Reverse Press to go back to the start of the current track or press ke multiple times until the desire

2008 Pontiac G8 Owner Manual M

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents